all | frequencies |
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 |
|
User Manual 1 | Users Manual | 1.94 MiB | ||||
1 |
|
User Manual 2 | Users Manual | 2.10 MiB | ||||
1 |
|
User Manual 3 | Users Manual | 2.69 MiB | ||||
1 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 | External Photos | |||||||
1 | External Photos | |||||||
1 | External Photos | |||||||
1 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 | Test Report | |||||||
1 | Test Setup Photos |
1 | User Manual 1 | Users Manual | 1.94 MiB |
TI01302F/00/EN/04.18 71394723 Products Solutions Services Technical Information Micropilot FMR60 Free space radar Level measurement in liquids Application Continuous, non-contact level measurement of liquids, pastes and sludges PTFE drip-off antenna Maximum measuring range: 50 m (164 ft) Temperature: 40 to +130 C (40 to +266 F) Pressure: 1 to +16 bar (14.5 to +232 psi) Accuracy: 1 mm (0.04 in) Linearity protocol (3-point, 5-point) Your benefits Innovative drip-off antenna made of PTFE Reliable measurement thanks to improved focusing and small beam angle, particularly in vessels with many internal fittings Safety by design - ensures highest safety Easy, guided commissioning with intuitive user interface Bluetooth wireless technology for commissioning, operation and maintenance via free iOS / Android app SmartBlue Maximum reliability thanks to multi-echo tracking HistoROM configuration memory makes for easier commissioning, maintenance and diagnostics SIL2 as per IEC 61508, SIL3 for homogeneous or diverse redundancy Easy proof testing for SIL and WHG RFID TAG - easy identification of measuring points for improved data access Heartbeat Technology DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Table of contents Important document information . 4 Safety symbols . 4 Electrical symbols . 4 Symbols for certain types of information . 4 Symbols in graphics . 4 Symbols at the device . 5 Terms and abbreviations . 6 Registered trademarks . 7 Function and system design . 8 Measuring principle . 8 Input . 9 Measured variable . 9 Measuring range . 9 Operating frequency . 10 Transmission power . 10 Output . 11 Output signal . 11 Signal on alarm . 12 Linearization . 12 Galvanic isolation . 12 Protocol-specific data . 12 Power supply . 14 Terminal assignment . 14 Device plug connectors . 18 Supply voltage . 19 Power consumption . 20 Current consumption . 20 Power supply failure . 20 Potential equalization . 20 Cable entries . 21 Cable specification . 21 Overvoltage protection . 21 Performance characteristics . 22 Reference operating conditions . 22 Reference accuracy . 22 Measured value resolution . 22 Response time . 22 Influence of ambient temperature . 23 Influence of gas phase . 23 Installation . 24 Installation conditions . 24 Installation: Drip-off antenna PTFE 50 mm / 2" . 28 Container with heat insulation . 29 Environment . 30 Ambient temperature range . 30 Ambient temperature limits . 30 Storage temperature . 31 Micropilot FMR60 Climate class . 31 Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 . 31 Degree of protection . 31 Vibration resistance . 31 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . 31 Process . 32 Process temperature, process pressure . 32 Dielectric constant . 33 Mechanical construction . 34 Dimensions . 34 Weight . 37 Materials: GT19 housing (plastic) . 38 Materials: GT20 housing (die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) . 39 Materials: antenna and process connection . 40 Materials: Weather protection cover . 41 Operability . 42 Operating concept . 42 Local operation . 43 Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 . 43 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology . 44 Remote operation . 44 SupplyCare inventory management software . 46 Certificates and approvals . 49 CE mark . 49 RoHS . 49 RCM-Tick marking . 49 Ex approval . 49 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . 49 Functional safety . 49 WHG . 49 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) . 49 Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 . 50 Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 . 51 FCC . 51 Industry Canada . 51 CRN approval . 51 Test, certificate . 53 Hard-copy product documentation . 53 Other standards and guidelines . 54 Ordering information . 55 Ordering information . 55 3-point linearity protocol . 56 5-point linearity protocol . 57 Customer-specific configuration . 58 Tagging (TAG) . 58 Services . 58 Application Packages . 59 Heartbeat Diagnostics . 59 2 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Heartbeat Verification . 60 Heartbeat Monitoring . 61 Accessories . 62 Device-specific accessories . 62 Communication-specific accessories . 66 Service-specific accessories . 67 System components . 67 Supplementary documentation . 68 Standard documentation . 68 Safety Instructions (XA) . 68 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 3 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Important document information Micropilot FMR60 Safety symbols Symbol Meaning DANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in serious or fatal injury. WARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious or fatal injury. CAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minor or medium injury. NOTE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personal injury. Electrical symbols Symbol Meaning Symbols for certain types of information Symbol Direct current Alternating current Direct current and alternating current Ground connection A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system. Protective Earth (PE) A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections. The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:
Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply. Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system. Meaning Permitted Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted. Preferred Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred. Forbidden Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden. Tip Indicates additional information. Reference to documentation. Symbols in graphics Reference to page. Reference to graphic. Visual inspection. Symbol 1, 2, 3 ...
,
, A, B, C, ... Meaning Item numbers Series of steps Views 4 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDANGERWARNINGCAUTIONNOTICEA1.2.3. Micropilot FMR60 Symbol Meaning A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections Hazardous area Indicates a hazardous area. Safe area (non-hazardous area) Indicates the non-hazardous area. Symbols at the device Symbol Meaning Safety instructions Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions. Temperature resistance of the connection cables Specifies the minimum value of the temperature resistance of the connection cables. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 5 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT-. Micropilot FMR60 Terms and abbreviations Term/abbreviation Explanation BA KA TI SD XA PN MWP ToF FieldCare DeviceCare DTM DD DC Operating tool Document type "Operating Instructions"
Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"
Document type "Technical Information"
Document type "Special Documentation"
Document type "Safety Instructions"
Nominal pressure Maximum Working Pressure The MWP can also be found on the nameplate. Time of Flight Scalable software tool for device configuration and integrated plant asset management solutions Universal configuration software for Endress+Hauser HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and Ethernet field devices Device Type Manager Device Description for HART communication protocol Relative dielectric constant r The term "operating tool" is used in place of the following operating software:
FieldCare / DeviceCare, for operation via HART communication and PC BD Blocking Distance; no signals are analyzed within the BD. 6 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Registered trademarks HART Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Endress+Hauser is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Android Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. KALREZ, VITON Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, USA TEFLON Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 7 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Function and system design Measuring principle The Micropilot is a "downward-looking" measuring system, operating based on the frequency modulated continuous wave method (FMCW). The antenna emits an electromagnetic wave at a continuously varying frequency. This wave is reflected by the product and received again by the antenna. 1 R D FMCW principle: transmission and reflection of the continuous wave Reference point of measurement Distance between reference point and product surface The frequency of this wave is modulated in the form of a sawtooth signal between two limit frequencies f1 and f2:
A0032017 A0023771 2 1 2 FMCW principle: result of frequency modulation Transmitted signal Received signal This results in the following difference frequency at any time between the transmitted signal and the received signal:
f = k t where t is the run time and k is the specified increase in frequency modulation. t is given by the distance D between the reference point R and the product surface:
D = (c t) / 2 where c is the speed of propagation of the wave. In summary, D can be calculated from the measured difference frequency f. D is then used to determine the content of the tank or silo. 8 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRft12f2f1tf Micropilot FMR60 Input Measured variable The measured variable is the distance between the reference point and the product surface. The level is calculated based on "E", the empty distance entered. Optionally, the level can be converted to other variables (volume, mass) by linearization (32 value pairs). Measuring range Maximum measuring range Device FMR60 Antenna 1) GA:
Drip-off, PTFE 50 mm / 2"
1) Feature 070 in the product structure Maximum measuring range 50 m (164 ft) Usable measuring range The usable measuring range depends on the antenna size, the medium's reflective properties, the installation position and any possible interference reflections. The following tables describe the groups of media as well as the achievable measuring range as a function of application and media group. If the dielectric constant of a medium is unknown, it is recommended to assume media group B to ensure a reliable measurement. Media groups Media group A0 A B C D DC (r) 1.2 to 1.4 1.4 to 1.9 1.9 to 4 4 to 10
> 10 Example Butane, liquid nitrogen, liquefied hydrogen non-conducting liquids, e.g. liquefied gas 1) non-conducting liquids, e.g. benzene, oil, toluene, e.g. concentrated acids, organic solvents, esters, aniline, alcohol, acetone, conducting liquids, e.g. aqueous solutions, dilute acids and alkalis 1) NH3 falls into medium group A. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:
the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 9 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Storage tank Buffer tank Process tank with agitator FMR60 A0034565 A0034566 A0034567 Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) A0034584 A0034574 A0034579 Measuring range [m (ft)]
Operating frequency Approx. 80 GHz Up to 8 devices can be installed in the same tank without interfering with each other. Transmission power Peak power: 6.3 mW Average output power: 63 W 10 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTA0ABCD7(23)12(39)23(75)40(131)50(164)A0ABCD4(13)7(23)13(43)28(92)44(144)A0ABCD2(7)4(13)7(23)15(49)25(82) Micropilot FMR60 Output signal Output HART Signal coding Data transmission rate Galvanic isolation FSK 0.5 mA over current signal 1 200 Bit/s Yes Bluetooth wireless technology Device version Ordering feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"
Operation / configuration By the SmartBlue app. Range under reference conditions > 10 m (33 ft) Encryption Switch output Encrypted communication and password encryption prevent incorrect operation by unauthorized persons. For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
Switch output Function Switching behavior Open collector switching output Binary (conductive or non-conductive), switches when the programmable switch point is reached Failure mode Electrical connection values U = 16 to 35 VDC, I = 0 to 40 mA Internal resistance non-conductive RI < 880 The voltage drop at this internal resistance has to be taken into account on planning the configuration. For example, the resulting voltage at a connected relay must be sufficient to switch the relay. floating, Insulation voltage 1 350 VDC to power supply aund 500 VAC to ground freely programmable, separately for switch-on and switch-off point freely programmable from 0 to 100 s, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Insulation voltage Switch point Switching delay Number of switching cycles corresponds to the measuring cycle Signal source device variables Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Diagnostic values, Advanced diagnostics Number of switching cycles unlimited Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 11 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Signal on alarm Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:
Current output (for HART devices) Failsafe mode selectable (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43):
Minimum alarm: 3.6 mA Maximum alarm (= factory setting): 22 mA Failsafe mode with user-selectable value: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Local display Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Operating tool via HART communication or service interface (CDI) Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Linearization The linearization function of the device allows the conversion of the measured value into any unit of length or volume. Linearization tables for calculating the volume in cylindrical tanks are pre-
programmed. Other linearization tables of up to 32 value pairs can be entered manually or semi-
automatically. Galvanic isolation All circuits for the outputs are galvanically isolated from each other. Protocol-specific data HART Manufacturer ID Device type ID HART specification 17 (0x11) 0x112B 7.0 Device description files (DTM, DD) HART load HART device variables Information and files under:
www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org min. 250 The measured values can be freely assigned to the device variables. Measured values for PV (primary variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Measured values for SV, TV, FV (second, third and fourth variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Terminal voltage Relative echo amplitude Absolute echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Supported functions Burst mode Additional transmitter status Wireless HART data Minimum start-up voltage Start-up current Start-up time Minimum operating voltage 16 V 3.6 mA 65 s 14.0 V 12 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Multidrop current Set-up time 4.0 mA 15 s Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 13 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Power supply Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20mA HART Micropilot FMR60 A0011294 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 3 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device: Observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 Overvoltage protection module Terminal for potential equalization line Cable entry 14 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1+24-20mA1-channel overvoltage protection-[16]A74...20 mA54123+++1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[21]open-89-B+4...20 mA54123+6+Micropilot FMR60 2-wire: 4-20mA HART, switch output A0013759 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 4 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage 1 HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load 2 Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) 3 Analog display device: Observe maximum load 4 Cable screen; observe cable specification 5 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 6 Switch output (open collector): Terminals 3 and 4 7 Terminal for potential equalization line 8 Cable entry for 4-20mA HART line 9 10 Cable entry for switch output line 11 Overvoltage protection module Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 15 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]B10986-A1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wire4-20mAPFSHART[02/03]open-1+2-3+4-711++--233445514...20 mA2503+3+4-4-++4...20 mA25021++2-wire: 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA Micropilot FMR60 A0013923 Terminal assignment 2-wire, 4-20 mA HART, 4...20mA Connection current output 2 Connection current output 1 Supply voltage for current output 1 (e.g. RN221N); Observe terminal voltage Cable screen; observe cable specification HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device ; observe maximum load Analog display device ; observe maximum load Supply voltage for current output 2 (e.g. RN221N); Obeserve terminal voltage 5 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Overvoltage protection module 11 Current output 2: Terminals 3 and 4 12 Terminal for the potential equalization line 13 Cable entry for current output 1 14 Cable entry for current output 2 This version is also suited for single-channel operation. In this case, current output 1 (terminals 1 and 2) must be used. 16 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTA13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]141312-13++244...20mAHART4...20mA10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[04/05]open--11++++----11223399558866774444++4...20 mA4...20 mA10B4...20 mA4...20 mA++++++Micropilot FMR60 Connection examples for the switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
6 Connection of a relay A0015909 Suitable relays (examples):
Solid-state relay: Phoenix Contact OV-24DC/480AC/5 with mounting rail connector UMK-1 OM-R/AMS Electromechanical relay: Phoenix Contact PLC-RSC-12DC/21 Connection of a digital input A0015910 Pull-up resistor Digital input 7 1 2 For optimum interference immunity we recommend to connect an external resistor (internal resistance of the relay or Pull-up resistor) of < 1 000 . Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 17 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT3++-4-Ri3+21+4-Ri Device plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening the housing. Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector Micropilot FMR60 Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector Pin 1 2 3 4 Pin 1 2 3 4 A0011175 A0011176 Meaning Signal +
not connected Signal -
Ground Meaning Signal -
Signal +
Not connected Screen 18 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT21344231 Micropilot FMR60 Supply voltage An external power supply is necessary. Various power supply units can be ordered as an accessory from Endress+Hauser. 2-wire, 4-20mA HART, passive
"Power supply, output" 1) A:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex ic CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex d(ia) /
XP Ex ic(ia) Ex nA(ia) Ex ta / DIP Terminal voltage U at device 14 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit 14 to 30 V 3) 14 to 35 V 3) 4) A0031745 Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 14 to 30 V 3) 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. At ambient temperatures TTa 20 C, a terminal voltage U 16 V is required to start the device with the min. error current (3.6 mA). Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit
"Power supply, output" 1) B:
2-wire;
4-20 mA HART, switch outpu
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP 16 to 30 V 3) Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS +
XP A0031746 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 19 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTR []WU0[V]1014252030350500R []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR60 Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit
"Approval" 2) Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 30 V 3) All
"Power supply, output" 1) C:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. A0031746 Integrated polarity reversal protection Permitted residual ripple with f = 0 to 100 Hz Permitted residual ripple with f = 100 to 10 000 Hz Yes USS < 1 V USS < 10 mV Power consumption
"Power supply; Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART B: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 1) Feature 020 of the product structure Power consumption
< 0.9 W
< 0.9 W
< 2 x 0.7 W Current consumption HART Nominal current 3.6 to 22 mA the start-up current for multidrop mode can be parametrized
(is set to 3.6 mA on delivery) Breakdown signal (NAMUR NE43) adjustable: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Power supply failure Configuration is retained in the HistoROM (EEPROM). Error messages (incl. value of operated hours counter) are stored. Potential equalization No special measures for potential equalization are required. If the device is designed for hazardous areas, observe the information in the documentation
"Safety Instructions" (XA). 20 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTR []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR60 Cable entries Cable specification Connection of power supply and signal line To be selected in feature 050 "Electrical connection"
Gland M20; Material dependent on the approval:
For Non-Ex, ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI Ex ia/ic:
Plastics M20x1.5 for cable 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in) For Dust-Ex, FM IS, CSA IS, CSA GP, Ex nA:
Metal M20x1.5 for cable 7 to 10 mm (0.28 to 0.39 in) 1) For Ex d:
No gland available Thread
" NPT G "
M20 1.5 Plug M12 / Plug 7/8"
Only available for Non-Ex, Ex ic, Ex ia Connection of remote display FHX50 Dependent on feature 030: "Display, Operation":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + M12 connection":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + custom connection":
M12 socket M16 cable gland Devices without integrated overvoltage protection Pluggable spring-force terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) Devices with integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) For ambient temperature TU60 C (140 F): use cable for temperature TU +20 K. HART A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal is used. A shielded cable is recommended if using the HART protocol. Observe grounding concept of the plant. Overvoltage protection If the measuring device is used for level measurement in flammable liquids which requires the use of overvoltage protection according to DIN EN 60079-14, standard for test procedures 60060-1 (10 kA, pulse 8/20 s), an overvoltage protection module has to be installed. Integrated overvoltage protection module An integrated overvoltage protection module is available for 2-wire HART devices. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Technical data Resistance per channel Threshold DC voltage Threshold impulse voltage Capacitance at 1 MHz Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s) 2 0.5 max. 400 to 700 V
< 800 V
< 1.5 pF 10 kA External overvoltage protection module HAW562 or HAW569 from Endress+Hauser are suited as external overvoltage protection. 1) The material of the gland is dependent on the housing type; GT19 (plastic housing) and GT20 (aluminum housing): nickel-coated brass (CuZn). Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 21 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Reference operating conditions Performance characteristics Temperature = +24 C (+75 F) 5 C (9 F) Pressure = 960 mbar abs. (14 psia) 100 mbar (1.45 psi) Humidity = 60 % 15 %
Reflector: metal plate with diameter 1 m (40 in) No major interference reflections inside the signal beam Reference accuracy Typical data under reference operating conditions: DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1;
percentage values in relation to the span. Output:
digital Accuracy (Sum of non-
linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis) 2) Measuring distance up to 0.8 m (2.62 ft): max. 4 mm (0.16 in) Measuring distance > 0.8 m (2.62 ft): 1 mm (0.04 in) 0.02 %
analog 1) 0.03 %
Non-repeatability 3) 1 mm (0.04 in) 1) 2) 3) Add error of the analogous value to the digital value. If the reference conditions are not met, the offset/zero point arising from the mounting conditions may be up to 4 mm (0.16 in). This additional offset/zero point can be compensated for by entering a correction
(parameter "level correction") during commissioning. The non-repeatability is already considered in the accuracy. Differing values in near-range applications A0032636 Maximum measured error in near-range applications 8 Maximum measured error R D Reference point of the distance measurement Distance from reference point of antenna Measured value resolution Dead band according to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1:
Digital: 1 mm Analog: 1 A Response time The response time can be configured. The following step response times (in accordance with DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1) 2) are when damping is switched off:
2) 22 According to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1, the step response time is the time that elapses after an abrupt change in the input signal until the change in the output signal has adopted 90% of the steady-state value for the first time. V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT0.8 (2.62)4 (0.16)1 (0.04)-1 (-0.04)-4 (-0.16)D [m ()][mm (in)]R0 Micropilot FMR60 Influence of ambient temperature Influence of gas phase Sampling rate Response time 1.3 s1 at U 24 V
< 3.6 s The measurements are performed according to DIN EN IEC 61298-3 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 Digital (HART): average TK = 2 mm/10 K Analog (current output):
Zero point (4 mA): average TK = 0.02 %/10 K Span (20 mA): average TK = 0.05 %/10 K High pressure reduces the speed of propagation of the measuring signals in the gas/vapor above the medium. This effect depends on the type of gas phase and its temperature. This results in a systematic measured error that increases with increasing distance between the reference point of the measurement (flange) and the surface of the product. The following table shows this measured error for a few typical gases/vapors (with regard to the distance, a positive value means that a too large distance is measured):
Gas phase Air/nitrogen Hydrogen Water (saturated steam) Temperature C F 20 200 400 20 200 400 100 180 263 310 364 68 392 752 68 392 752 212 356 505,4 590 687 Pressure 1 bar (14,5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 0.00 %
0.01 %
0.02 %
0.01 %
0.02 %
0.02 %
0.02 %
-
-
-
-
0.22 %
0.13 %
0.08 %
0.10 %
0.05 %
0.03 %
-
2.1 %
-
-
-
0.58 %
0.36 %
0.29 %
0.25 %
0.17 %
0.11 %
-
-
4.15 %
-
-
With a known, constant pressure, it is possible to compensate for this measured error with a linearization, for example. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 23 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Installation Installation conditions Mounting position Micropilot FMR60 A0016882 Recommended distance A wall - nozzle outer edge: ~1/6 of the container diameter. However, the device must not under any circumstances be mounted closer than 15 cm (5.91 in) to the tank wall. Not in the center (2) as interference can cause signal loss. Not above the filling curtain (3). The use of a weather protection cover (1) is recommended to protect the transmitter from direct sunlight or rain. 24 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTA123 Micropilot FMR60 Internal container fittings Avoid the location of internal fittings (limit switches, temperature sensors, struts, vacuum rings, heating coils, baffles etc.) inside the signal beam. Take into account the beam angle 26. A0031777 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 25 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Avoiding interference echoes Micropilot FMR60 Metal deflection plates installed at an angle to scatter the radar signals help prevent interference echoes. A0031813 Optimization options Antenna size The larger the antenna the smaller the beam angle ,resulting in fewer interference echoes 26. Mapping Measurement can be optimized by electronically suppressing interference echoes. Beam angle 9 Relationship between beam angle , distance D and beamwidth diameter W A0031824 The beam angle is defined as the angle where the energy density of the radar waves reaches half the value of the maximum energy density (3dB width). Microwaves are also emitted outside the signal beam and can be reflected off interfering installations. 26 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDWD_=22..tanW Micropilot FMR60 FMR60 Antenna 1) Beam angle Distance (D) 5 m (16 ft) 10 m (33 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 45 m (148 ft) 50 m (164 ft) 1) Feature 070 in the product structure Measurement through a ball valve A0032080 Drip-off, PTFE 50 mm / 2"
6 Beamwidth diameter W 0.52 m (1.70 ft) 1.05 m (3.44 ft) 1.57 m (5.15 ft) 2.10 m (6.89 ft) 2.62 m (8.60 ft) 3.14 m (10.30 ft) 3.67 m (12.04 ft) 4.19 m (13.75 ft) 4.72 m (15.49 ft) 5.24 m (17.19 ft) Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. At the transitions, no gap may be left exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter; avoid edges and constrictions. A0034564 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 27 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Measuring through plastic tank ceilings or dielectric windows Dielectric constant of the medium: r 10 The distance from the lower edge of the antenna to the tank ceiling or window should be about If possible, avoid mounting locations where condensation or build-up might occur. In case of outdoor mounting, the space between antenna and vessel has to be protected from the 100 mm (4 in). elements. Do not mount any potential reflectors (e.g. pipes) outside the tank in the signal beam. Suitable thickness of the tank ceiling or dielectric window Material DK (= r) Optimum thickness 1.3 mm (0.051) 1) PTFE 2.3 2.1 PE 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) PP 2.3 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) Perspex 3.1 1.07 mm
(0.042 in) 1) 1) or an integer multiple of this value; however, take into account that the microwave transparency is significantly reduced when increasing the thickness of the window. Installation: Drip-off antenna PTFE 50 mm / 2"
Aligning the antenna axis Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. Attention:
The maximum reach of the antenna can be reduced if it is not installed perpendicular to the product. Radial alignment of the antenna Based on the directional characteristic, radial alignment of the antenna is not necessary. Information concerning nozzles The maximum nozzle length Hmax depends on the nozzle diameter D:
Inner nozzle diameterD 50 to 80 mm (2 to 3.2 in) 80 to 100 mm (3.2 to 4 in) Maximum nozzle height Hmax 750 mm (30 in) 1) 1 150 mm (46 in) A0032209 28 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTHmaxD Micropilot FMR60 Inner nozzle diameterD 100 to 150 mm (4 to 6 in) 150 mm (6 in) Maximum nozzle height Hmax 1 450 mm (58 in) 1) 2 200 mm (88 in) 1) In case of longer nozzles, a reduction of the measuring performance is to be expected. Note the following if the antenna does not project out of the nozzle:
The end of the nozzle must be smooth and free from burrs. The edge of the nozzle should be Mapping must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with nozzles that are higher than indicated in rounded if possible. the table. Information concerning threaded connections When screwing in, turn by the hex bolt only. Tool: open-ended wrench 55 mm Maximum permissible torque: 50 Nm (36 lbf ft) Container with heat insulation If process temperatures are high, the device should be included in the usual container insulation system (2) to prevent the electronics from heating as a result of thermal radiation or convection. The insulation should not be higher than the neck of the device (1). A0032207 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 29 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT12 Micropilot FMR60 Ambient temperature range Environment Measuring device Local display 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F), the readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Outdoor operation in strong sunlight:
Mount the device in the shade. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions. Use a weather protection cover (see accessories). Ambient temperature limits The following diagrams only consider functional aspects. Additional restrictions may apply for certified device versions. See the separate Safety Instructions for more information 68. In the event of temperature (Tp) at the process connection, the permitted ambient temperature (Ta) is reduced as indicated in the following diagram (temperature derating) in the table header. FMR60 Seal 1) A3:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 2) P1 P2 P3 P4 A0032024 P5 A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated Tp 40
(40) Ta 60
(140) Tp 60
(140) Ta 60
(140) Tp 80
(176) Ta 54
(129.2) Tp 80
(176) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 40
(40) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 80
(176) 76
(168.8) 80
(176) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 1) 2) Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure FMR60 Seal 1) A4:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 130 C (40 to 266 F) Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 2) P1 P2 A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated Tp 40
(40) Ta 60
(140) Tp 60
(140) Ta 60
(140) 40
(40) 76 76 76
(168.8)
(168.8)
(168.8) P2+
Ta 45
(113) Tp 113
(235.4) P3 P4 A0032025 P5 Tp 130
(266) Ta 22
(71.6) Tp 130
(266) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 110
(230) 71
(159.8) 130
(266) 60
(140) 130
(266) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 1) 2) Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure 30 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTP2P1P5P4P3TaTpP2P1P5P4P3TaTpP2+Micropilot FMR60 Storage temperature 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD) Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 Degree of protection Generally up to 2 000 m (6 600 ft) above MSL. Above 2 000 m (6 600 ft) if the following conditions are met:
Ordering feature 020 "Power supply; Output" = A, B, C, E or G (2-wire versions) Supply voltage U < 35 V Supply voltage of overvoltage category 1 With closed housing tested according to:
IP68, NEMA6P (24 h at 1.83 m under water surface) For plastic housing with transparent cover (display module): IP68 (24 h at 1.00 m under water surface) 3) IP66, NEMA4X With open housing: IP20, NEMA1 Display module: IP22, NEMA2 Degree of protection IP68 NEMA6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is plugged in and is also rated IP68 NEMA6P. Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 IEC 60068-2-64 at 5 to 2 000 Hz: 1.5 (m/s2)2/Hz Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility in accordance with all of the relevant requirements outlined in the EN 61326 series and NAMUR Recommendation EMC (NE 21). For details, please refer to the Declaration of Conformity 4). A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal should be used. Use a shielded cable for digital communication (HART/ PA/ FF). Maximum measured error during EMC testing: <0.5 % of the span. By way of derogation, for devices with a plastic housing and see-through lid (integrated display SD02 or SD03) the measured error can be up to 2 % of the span in the event of strong electromagnetic radiation in the 1 to 2 GHz frequency range. 3) 4) This restriction is valid if the following options of the product structure have been selected at the same time: 030 ("Display, Operation") = C
("SD02") or E ("SD03"); 040 ("Housing") = A ("GT19"). Available for download at www.de.endress.com. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 31 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Process temperature, process pressure Process Micropilot FMR60 The pressure ranges indicated can be reduced by the choice of process connection. The nominal pressure (PN) indicated on the nameplate refers to a reference temperature of 20 C, and of 100 F for ASME flanges. Observe pressure-temperature dependency. Please refer to the following standards for the pressure values permitted at higher temperatures:
EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 In terms of their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped in EN 1092-1 table 18 under 13E0. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical. ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316 ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276 JIS B 2220 FMR60 threaded process connection FMR60: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure A0032614 10 1 Feature 90, seal: A4, FKM Viton GLT FMR60 threaded process connection Feature 100 "Process connection"
Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range Process pressure range GGJ:
RGJ:
Thread ISO228 G1-1/2 Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2 A4:
FKM Viton GLT 40 to +130 C
(40 to +266 F) prel =
1 to 16 bar
(14.5 to 232 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval 32 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTp-40(-40)+130(+266)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])1[bar] ([psi])16 (232)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Micropilot FMR60 FMR60 flange process connection FMR60: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure A0032615 11 1 2 Process connection: flange PP Process connection: flange 316L FMR60 flange process connection Feature 100 "Process connection"
Process temperature range Process pressure range XJG:
XKG:
XLG:
XJJ:
XKJ:
XLJ:
UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, PP UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, PP UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, PP UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, 316L UNI flange4"/DN100/100A, 316L UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, 316L 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 40 to +130 C (40 to +266 F) prel = 1 to 3 bar (14.5 to 43.5 psi) pabs < 4 bar (58 psi) 1) Dielectric constant 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval For liquids r 1.9 Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with lower dielectric constants than indicated. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:
the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 33 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTp-40(-40)+80(+176)+130(+266)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])3 (43.5)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Mechanical construction Dimensions Dimensions of the electronics housing Micropilot FMR60 12 Housing GT19 (Plastics PBT); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 13 Housing GT20 (Alu coated); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. A0011346 A0020751 34 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT144 (5.67)113.5 (4.47)106 (4.17)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)99 (3.9)*106 (4.17)R110145.5 (5.73)141.5 (5.57)112 (4.41)108.5 (4.27)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)98 (3.86)*103.5 (4.07)R11061 (2.4) Micropilot FMR60 FMR60: Antenna and process connection Dimensions: mm (in) A0031560 14 A B R 1 Process connection: G1-1/2" or MNPT1-1/2" thread Process connection: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A to 6"/DN150/150A Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 35 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTAB42.5 (1.67)42.5 (1.67)205 (8.07)78 (3.07)127 (5.00)22 (0.87)107 (4.21)R11 UNI flanges for FMR60 Micropilot FMR60 15 Dimensions: mm (in) A0034611 Feature 100: process connection Suitable for A B C D XJG:
UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, PP XJJ: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, 316L XKG:
UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, PP XKJ: UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, 316L XLG:
XLJ:
UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, PP UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, 316L 3" 150lbs DN80 PN16 10K 80A 4" 150lbs DN100 PN16 10K 100A 6" 150lbs DN150 PN16 10K 150A 150 mm (5.9 in) 160 mm (6.3 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 175 mm (6.9 in) 190.5 mm (7.5 in) 228.6 mm (9 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 240 mm (9.4 in) 241.3 mm (9.5 in) 285 mm (11.2 in) 23 mm (0.9 in) 36 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTG 1 1/220 (0.79)CABD45AAA-A Micropilot FMR60 Weight Housing Part GT19 housing - plastic GT20 housing - aluminum Antenna and process connection Device Antenna 1) FMR60 GA:
Drip-off, PTFE DN50 Weight Approx. 1.2 kg (2.7 lb) Approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) Weight of antenna /
process connection Max. 2 kg (4.41 lb) + flange weight 2) 1) 2) Order code 070 For flange weights (316/316L) see Technical Information TI00426F. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 37 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Materials: GT19 housing
(plastic) Micropilot FMR60 No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 4 Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0013788 Material PBT Cover glass: PC Cover frame: PBT-PC Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: PBT Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 8 9 1) 2) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Screw: A2 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Adhesive nameplate Plastic For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. 38 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT2.112.25.25.167894 Micropilot FMR60 Materials: GT20 housing
(die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) Nr. Part 1 Housing, RAL 5012 (blue) 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 3 4 Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0036037 Material Housing: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Coating: Polyester Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Window: Glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug : Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 39 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT2.112.25.25.1678934 Micropilot FMR60 Material Screw: A2 Spring washer: A2 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Plastic Nr. Part 8 Ground terminal Adhesive nameplate 9 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Materials: antenna and process connection FMR60 A0031812 No. Component part Material 1 2 3 4 5 Antenna Antenna adapter Housing adapter Housing seal Process connection Antenna: PTFE Antenna seal: Viton (FKM) 316L / 1.4404 316L / 1.4404 EPDM 316L / 1.4404 40 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT12345 Micropilot FMR60 Materials: Weather protection cover A0015473 No Part: Material 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protection cover: 316L (1.4404) Molded rubber part (4x): EPDM Clamping screw: 316L (1.4404) + carbon fibre Bracket: 316L (1.4404) Ground terminal Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Washer: A4 Cheese head screw: A4-70 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 41 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123456 Micropilot FMR60 Operating concept Operability Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks Commissioning Operation Diagnostics Expert level Operating languages English Deutsch Franais Espaol Italiano Nederlands Portuguesa Polski
(Russian) Svenska Trke
(Chinese)
(Japanese)
(Korean) Bahasa Indonesia ting Vit (Vietnamese) etina (Czech) Feature 500 of the product structure determines which of these languages is preset on delivery. Quick and save commissioning Interactive wizard with graphical interface for easy commissioning via FieldCare/DeviceCare Menu guidance with brief explanations of the individual parameter functions Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools Integrated data storage device (HistoROM) Enables transfer of configuration when changing electronic modules Records up to 100 event messages in the device Records up to 1000 measured values in the device Saves the signal curve on commissioning which can later be used as a reference. Efficient diagnostics increase measurement reliability Remedy information is integrated in plain text Diverse simulation options and line recorder functions Integrated Bluetooth module (option for HART devices) Easy and fast setup via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (Fraunhofer-Institut, third party, tested) andpassword-protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology 42 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Local operation Operation with Order code for
"Display;
Operation"
Pushbuttons Option C "SD02"
Touch Control Option E "SD03"
Display elements 4-line display A0036312 A0036313 4-line display white background lighting; switches to red in event of device error Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individually configured Permitted ambient temperature for the display: 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Operating elements local operation with 3 push buttons (, , ) external operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , , Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas Additional functionality Data backup function The device configuration can be saved in the display module. Data comparison function The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current device configuration. Data transfer function The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display module. Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 FHX50 operating options A0036314 Display and operating module SD03, optical keys; can be operated through the glass of the cover Display and operating module SD02, push buttons; cover must be removed 16 1 2 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 43 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT12 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology Micropilot FMR60 Possibilities for remote operation via Bluetooth wireless technology A0034939 17 1 2 3 Transmitter power supply unit Smartphone / tablet with SmartBlue (app) Transmitter with Bluetooth wireless technology Remote operation Via HART protocol Options for remote operation via HART protocol A0036169 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC (programmable logic controller) Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor) Connection for Commubox FXA191, FXA195 and Field Communicator 375, 475 Field Communicator 475 Computer with operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare , AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) Commubox FXA191 (RS232) or FXA195 (USB) Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable Transmitter 44 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123145796823 Micropilot FMR60 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) A0032466 19 1 2 3 Service interface (CDI) of the instrument (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) Commubox FXA291 Computer with DeviceCare/FieldCare operating tool Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 45 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123 SupplyCare inventory management software Micropilot FMR60 SupplyCare is a web-based operating program for coordinating the flow of material and information along the supply chain. SupplyCare provides a comprehensive overview of the levels of geographically distributed tanks and silos, for instance, providing complete transparency over the current inventory situation, regardless of time and location. Based on the measuring and transmission technology installed onsite, the current inventory data are collected and sent to SupplyCare. Critical levels are clearly indicated and calculated forecasts provide additional security for material requirements planning. The main functions of SupplyCare:
Inventory visualization SupplyCare determines the inventory levels in tanks and silos at regular intervals. It displays current and historical inventory data and calculated forecasts of future demand. The overview page can be configured to suit the user's preferences. Master data management With SupplyCare you can create and manage the master data for locations, companies, tanks, products and users, as well as user authorization. Report Configurator The Report Configurator can be used to create personalized reports quickly and easily. The reports can be saved in a variety of formats, such as Excel, PDF, CSV and XML. The reports can be transmitted in many ways, such as by http, ftp or e-mail. Event management Events, such as when levels drop below the safety stock level or plan points, are indicated by the software. In addition, SupplyCare can also notify pre-defined users by e-mail. Alarms If technical problems occur, e.g. connection issues, alarms are triggered and alarm e-mails are sent to the System Administrator and the Local System Administrator. Delivery planning The integrated delivery planning function automatically generates an order proposal if a pre-set minimum inventory level is undershot. Scheduled deliveries and disposals are monitored continuously by SupplyCare. SupplyCare notifies the user if scheduled deliveries and disposals are not going to be met as planned. Analysis In the Analysis module, the most important indicators for the inflow and outflow of the individual tanks are calculated and displayed as data and charts. Key indicators of material management are automatically calculated and form the basis for optimizing the delivery and storage process. Geographical visualization All the tanks and the tank inventories are represented graphically on a map (based on Google Maps). The tanks and inventory situations can be filtered by tank group, product, supplier or location. Multi-language support The multi-language user interface supports 9 languages, thereby enabling global collaboration on a single platform. The language and settings are recognized automatically using the browser settings. SupplyCare Enterprise SupplyCare Enterprise runs by default as a service under Microsoft Windows on an application server in an Apache Tomcat environment. The operators and administrators operate the application via a Web browser from their workstations. 46 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 A0034288 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B SupplyCare Enterprise (via Web browser) SupplyCare Enterprise installation SupplyCare Enterprise on mobile devices (via Web browser) Ethernet/WLAN/UMTS Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 47 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT6.10913465872 Micropilot FMR60 Cloud-based application: SupplyCare Hosting SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (software as a service). Here, the software is installed within the Endress+Hauser IT infrastructure and made available to the user in the Endress
+Hauser portal. A0034289 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 SupplyCare Hosting installation in Endress+Hauser data center PC workstation with Internet connection 21 1 2 3 Warehouse locations with Internet connection via 2G/3G with FXA42 or FXA30 4 Warehouse locations with Internet connection with FXA42 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC With SupplyCare Hosting, users do not need to make the initial software purchase or install and run the IT infrastructure needed. Endress+Hauser constantly update SupplyCare Hosting and enhance the capability of the software in conjunction with the customer. The hosted version of SupplyCare is thus always up-to-date and can be customized to meet different customer requirements. Other services are also offered in addition to the IT infrastructure and the software that is installed in a secure, redundant Endress+Hauser data center. These services include defined availability of the global Endress+Hauser Service and Support Organization and defined response times in a service event. 48 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT6.10913465872WWW Micropilot FMR60 CE mark RoHS RCM-Tick marking Ex approval Certificates and approvals Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the product configurator. The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the applicable EC guidelines. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity together with the standards applied. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. The measuring system complies with the substance restrictions of the Restriction on Hazardous Substances Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2). The supplied product or measuring system meets the ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements for network integrity, interoperability, performance characteristics as well as health and safety regulations. Here, especially the regulatory arrangements for electromagnetic compatibility are met. The products are labelled with the RCM- Tick marking on the name plate. A0029561 ATEX IECEx CSA FM NEPSI KC INMETRO TIIS 5) EAC Additional safety instructions must be followed for use in hazardous areas. Please refer to the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document included in the delivery. Reference to the applicable XA can be found on the nameplate. For details on the available certificates and associated XAs: 68 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 The devices have been designed according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 as dual seal devices, allowing the user to waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC) These instruments comply with the North-American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-
saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Further information can be found in the Safety Instructions (XA) of the relevant devices. Functional safety Use for level monitoring (MIN, MAX, range) up to SIL 3 (homogeneous or diverse redundancy), independently evaluated by TV Rheinland in accordance with IEC 61508, refer to the "Functional Safety Manual" for information. WHG WHG approval: No. requested Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) Pressure instruments with a flange and threaded boss that do not have a pressurized housing do not fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive, irrespective of the maximum allowable pressure. Reasons:
According to Article 2, point 5 of EU Directive 2014/68/EU, pressure accessories are defined as
"devices with an operational function and having pressure-bearing housings". 5) in preparation Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 49 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 Micropilot FMR60 If a pressure instrument does not have a pressure-bearing housing (no identifiable pressure chamber of its own), there is no pressure accessory present within the meaning of the Directive. The devices comply with the Level Probing Radar (LPR) radio standard EN 302729-1/2. The devices are approved for unrestricted use inside and outside closed containers in countries of the EU and the EFTA . that have already implemented this standard. The following countries are those that have currently implemented the directive:
Belgium, Bulgaria, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, UK, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Latvia, Malta, The Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Spain, Czech Republic and Cyprus. Implementation is still underway in all of the countries not listed. Please note the following for operation of the devices outside of closed vessels:
1. 2. 3. Installation must be carried out by properly trained, expert staff. The device antenna must be installed in a fixed location pointing vertically downwards. The installation site must be located at a distance of 4 km from the astronomy stations listed below or otherwise approval must be provided by the relevant authority. If the device is installed at a distance of 4 to 40 km from one of the listed stations, it must not be installed at a height of more than 15 m (49 ft) above the ground. Astronomy stations Country Name of the station Germany Finland Effelsberg Metshovi Tuorla France Plateau de Bure Great Britain Italy Poland Russia Floirac Cambridge Damhall Jodrell Bank Knockin Pickmere Medicina Noto Sardinia Fort Skala Krakow Dmitrov Kalyazin Pushchino Zelenchukskaya Sweden Switzerland Spain Hungary Onsala Bleien Yebes Robledo Penc Latitude 5031'32" North 6013'04" North 6024'56" North 4438'01" North 4450'10" North 5209'59" North 5309'22" North 5314'10" North 5247'24" North 5317'18" North 4431'14" North 3652'34" North 3929'50" North 5003'18" North 5626'00" North 5713'22" North 5449'00" North 4349'53" North 5723'45" North 4720'26" North 4031'27" North 4025'38" North 4747'22" North Longitude 0653'00" East 2423'37" East 2426'31" East 0554'26" East 0031'37" West 0002'20" East 0232'03" West 0218'26" West 0259'45" West 0226'38" West 1138'49" East 1459'21" East 0914'40" East 1949'36" East 3727'00" East 3754'01" East 3740'00" East 4135'32" East 1155'35" East 0806'44" East 0305'22" West 0414'57" West 1916'53" East As a general rule, the requirements outlined in EN 302729-1/2 must be observed. 50 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 FCC Industry Canada The devices comply with the Tanks Level Probing Radar (TLPR) radio standard EN 302372-1/2 and are approved for use in closed containers. For installation, points a to f in Annex B of EN 302372-1 must be taken into consideration. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The devices are compliant with the FCC Code of Federal Regulations, CFR 47, Part 15, Sections 15.205, 15.207, 15.209. In addition, the devices are compliant with Section 15.256 . For these LPR (Level Probe Radar) applications the devices must be professionally installed in a downward operating position. In addition, the devices are not allowed to be mounted in a zone of 4 km around RAS stations and within a radius of 40 km around RAS stations the maxium operation height of devices is 15 m (49 ft) above ground. Canada CNR-Gen Section 7.1.3 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The installation of the LPR/TLPR device shall be done by trained installers, in strict compliance with the manufacturers instructions. The use of this device is on a no-interference, no-protection basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. However, devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the users expense. This device shall be installed and operated in a completely enclosed container to prevent RF emissions, which can otherwise interfere with aeronautical navigation. The installer/user of this device shall ensure that it is at least 10 km from the Dominion Astrophysical Radio Observatory (DRAO) near Penticton, British Columbia. The coordinates of the DRAO are latitude 491915 N and longitude 1193712 W. For devices not meeting this 10 km separation (e.g., those in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia,) the installer/user must coordinate with, and obtain the written concurrence of, the Director of the DRAO before the equipment can be installed or operated. The Director of the DRAO may be contacted at 250-497-2300 (tel.) or 250-497-2355 (fax). (Alternatively, the Manager, Regulatory Standards Industry Canada, may be contacted.) CRN approval The model FMR60L is a submodel of the FMR60 that fulfills the requirements for use as LPR
(Level Probe Radar). Some device versions have CRN approval. Devices are CRN approved if the following two conditions are met:
The device has a CSA approval (product structure: feature 010 "Approval") The device has a CRN-approved process connection as per the following table:
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 51 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Feature 100 in the product structure Process connection RGJ Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Process connections that do not have CRN approval are not listed in this table. Please refer to the product structure to discover which process connections are available for a specific device type. CRN-approved devices bear the registration number (tbd.) on the nameplate. An additional pressure restriction applies for the device versions listed in the table below if they are CRN-approved. The pressure range indicated in the "Process" section 32 continues to apply for device versions not listed in the table below (in preparation). 52 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Test, certificate Feature 580 "Test, certificate" Description JA 3.1 Material certificate, wetted metal parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Test reports, declarations and inspection certificates are available in electronic format in the W@M Device Viewer:
Enter the serial number from nameplate (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) This concerns the options for the following order codes:
550 "Calibration"
580 "Test, certificate"
Hard-copy product documentation Hard-copy versions of the test reports, declarations and inspection certificates can also be order via order code 570 "Service", option I7 "Hard-copy product documentation". The documents are then supplied with the product. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 53 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Other standards and guidelines Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 60529 EN 61010-1 IEC/EN 61326 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 53 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control and Laboratory Use
"Emission in accordance with Class A requirements". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements). NAMUR NE 21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output signal. Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics NAMUR NE 107 NAMUR NE 131 Status classification as per NE107 Requirements for field devices for standard applications. IEC61508 Functional safety of safety-related electric/electronic/programmable electronic systems 54 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Ordering information Ordering information Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com -> Click "Corporate"
-> Select your country -> Click "Products" -> Select the product using the filters and search field ->
Open product page -> The "Configure" button to the right of the product image opens the Product Configurator. From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.addresses.endress.com Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration Up-to-the-minute configuration data Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as measuring range or operating language Automatic verification of exclusion criteria Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 55 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT 3-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F3 (3-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 3 points of the linearity protocol are defined as follows:
Micropilot FMR60 Points of the 3-point linearity protocol; engineering unit: mm (in) A0032642 22 A R 1 2 3 Distance from the reference point R to the first measuring point Reference point of measurement First measuring point Second measuring point (in the middle between the first and third measuring point) Third measuring point Measuring point 1st measuring point 2nd measuring point 3rd measuring point Position At a distance A from the reference point A = length of antenna + 500 mm (19.7 in) Minimum distance: Amin = 1 000 mm (39.4 in) In the middle between the 1st and 3rd measuring point 6 000 mm (236 in) below the reference point R The position of the measuring points can vary by 1 cm (0.04 in). The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. 56 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTRA500 (19.7)6000 (236)132 Micropilot FMR60 5-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F4 (5-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 5 points of the linearity protocol are evenly distributed over the measuring range (0% - 100%). Empty calibration (E) and Full calibration (F) must be specified in order to define the measuring range 6). The following restrictions must be considered when selecting E and F:
A0032643 Minimum distance between reference point R and 100% mark Minimum span Maximum value for "Empty calibration"
A length of antenna + 200 mm (8 in) Minimum value: 400 mm (16 in) F 400 mm (16 in) E 24 m (79 ft) The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. The selected values for Empty calibration and Full calibration are only used to create the linearity protocol. Afterwards, the values are reset to the default values specific for the antenna. If values other than the default values are required, they must be ordered as a customized parameterization 58. 6) If (E) and (F) are not specified, antenna-dependent default values will be used instead. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 57 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTRAFE Customer-specific configuration If the option IJ: "Customized parameterization HART", IK "Customized parameterization PA" or IL
"Customized parameterization FF" has been selected in feature 570 "Service", presettings that differ from the default settings can be selected for the following parameters:
Micropilot FMR60 Parameters Setup Unit of length Setup Empty calibration Setup Full calibration Communication protocol Picklist / range of values HART PA FF HART PA FF HART PA FF in ft mm m max. 70 m (230 ft) max. <70 m (230 ft) Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Damping HART 0 to 999.9 s Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Failure mode HART Expert Comm. HART config. Burst mode HART Min Max Last valid value Off On Tagging (TAG) Ordering feature Option Position of the measuring point marking 895: Marking Z1: Tagging (TAG), see additional spec. To be selected in the additional specifications:
Tag plate Stainless Steel Self-adhesive paper label Supplied label/plate RFID TAG RFID TAG + Tag plate Stainless Steel RFID TAG + Self-adhesive paper label RFID TAG + Supplied label/plate Definition of the measuring point designation Designation in the Electronic Name Plate (ENP) Designation on the display module To be defined in the additional specifications:
3 lines containing up to 18 characters each The measuring point designation appears on the selected label and/or the RFID TAG. The first 32 characters of the measuring point designation The first 12 characters of the measuring point designation The following services can be selected via the product structure in the Product Configurator 7):
PWIS-free (PWIS = paint-wetting impairment substances) Customized parameterization HART 58 Customized parameterization PA 58 Customized parameterization FF 58 W/o tooling DVD (FieldCare) Hard-copy product documentation Services 7) Feature 570 in the product structure 58 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Heartbeat Diagnostics Application Packages Availability Available in all device versions. Function Continuous self-monitoring of the device. Diagnostic messages output to the local display. an asset management system (e.g. FieldCare/DeviceCare). an automation system (e.g. PLC). Advantages Device condition information is available immediately and processed in time. The status signals are classified in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR recommendation NE 107 and contain information about the cause of the error and remedial action. Detailed description See Operating Instructions of the device ( 68); chapter "Diagnostics and trouble shooting"
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 59 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Heartbeat Verification Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification Micropilot FMR60 Device functionality checked on demand Verification of the correct functioning of the measuring device within specifications. The verification result provides information about the condition of the device: Passed or Failed. The results are documented in a verification report. The automatically generated report supports the obligation to demonstrate compliance with internal and external regulations, laws and standards. Verification is possible without interrupting the process. Advantages No onsite presence is required to use the function. The DTM 8) triggers verification in the device and interprets the results. No specific knowledge is required on the part of the user. The verification report can be used to prove quality measures to a third party. Heartbeat Verification can replace other maintenance tasks (e.g. periodic check) or extend the test intervals. SIL/WHG-locked devices 9) The Heartbeat Verification module contains a wizard for the proof test which must be performed at appropriate intervals for the following applications:
SIL (IEC61508/IEC61511) WHG (German Water Resources Act) To perform a proof test, the device must be locked (SIL/WHG locking). The wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. In the case of SIL-locked and WHG-locked devices, it is not possible to perform verification without additional measures (e.g. by-passing of the output current) because the output current must be simulated (Increased safety mode) or the level must be approached manually (Expert mode) during subsequent re-locking (SIL/WHG locking). Detailed description SD01870F 8) 9) 60 DTM: Device Type Manager; controls device operation via DeviceCare, FieldCare or a DTM-based process control system. Only relevant for devices with SIL or WHG approval: order code 590 ("Additional approval"), option LA ("SIL") or LC ("WHG"). V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Heartbeat Monitoring Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring Function In addition to the verification parameters, the corresponding parameter values are also logged. Existing measured variables, such as the echo amplitude, are used in the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards.
"Foam detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Foam detection wizard. This wizard is used to configure automatic foam detection, which detects foam on the product surface on the basis of the reduced signal amplitude. Foam detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a sprinkler system, for example, which dissolves the foam. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system.
"Build-up detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Build-up detection wizard. The wizard is used to configure automatic buildup detection, which detects the buildup of deposits on the antenna on the basis of the increased area of the coupling signal. Buildup detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a compressed air system, for example, to clean the antenna. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. Advantages Early detection of changes (trends) to ensure plant availability and product quality. Use of information for the proactive planning of measures (e.g. cleaning/maintenance). Identification of undesirable process conditions as the basis to optimizing the facility and the processes. Automated control of measures to remove foam or buildup. Detailed description SD01870F Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 61 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Accessories Device-specific accessories Weather protection cover Accessory Description Weather protection cover Micropilot FMR60 A0015466 A0015472 23 Weather protection cover; Dimensions: mm (in) The weather protection cover can be ordered together with the device (product structure, feature 620 "Accessory Enclosed", option PB "Weather Protection Cover"). Alternatively, it can be separately ordered as an accessory; order code 71162242. 62 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT222 (8.74)300 (11.8)275 (10.8)255.1 (10)156(6.14)38(1.5)164 (6.46)54(2.13)356555 Micropilot FMR60 Mounting bracket adjustable Accessories Mounting bracket adjustable Description A0032295 Material: 304 (1.4301) Suitable for housing 1):
A: GT19 dual compartment, plastic PBT C: GT20 dual compartment, Alu, coated Suitable for antenna 2):
GA: Drip-off, PTFE DN50 Suitable for process connection 3):
GGJ: thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L RGJ: thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Order number: 71336522 There is no conductive connection between the mounting bracket and the transmitter housing. Risk of electrostatic charge. Integrate the mounting bracket in the local potential equalization system. Only to be fastened at stable materials (e.g. metal, brick, concrete) using suitable fastening material (to be supplied by customer). 1) 2) 3) Feature 040 in the product structure Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 100 in the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 63 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT65 (2.6)12(0.5)9(0.4)9(0.4)48(1.9)122 (4.8)16 (0.6)100 (3.9)35(1.4)99.5 (3.9)260 (10.2) Remote display FHX50 Accessories Description Remote display FHX50 Micropilot FMR60 A0019128 Material:
Plastic PBT 316L/1.4404 Aluminum SD02 (push buttons) SD03 (touch control) Connecting cable:
Degree of protection: IP68 / NEMA 6P and IP66 / NEMA 4x Suitable for display modules:
Cable supplied with device up to 30 m (98 ft) Standard cable supplied by customer up to 60 m (196 ft) Ambient temperature range: 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Ambient temperature range (option): 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) If the remote display should be used, order the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" (feature 030, version L or M). For the FHX50, you must select option A: "Prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050 "Measuring device version". If the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" was not originally ordered and a FHX50 display is to be retrofitted, you must select version B "Not prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050: "Measuring device version" when ordering the FHX50. In this case, a retrofit kit for the device is supplied with the FHX50. The kit can be used to prepare the device so that the FHX50 can be used. Use of the FHX50 may be restricted for transmitters with an approval. A device can only be retrofitted with the FHX50 if the option L or M ("Prepared for FHX50") is listed under Basic specifications, item 4 "Display, operation" in the Safety Instructions (XA) for the device. Also pay attention to the Safety Instructions (XA) of the FHX50. Retrofitting is not possible on transmitters with:
An approval for use in areas with flammable dust (dust ignition-proof approval) Ex nA type of protection For details, see document SD01007F. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), failure rates may be increased. 64 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1.3.2.4. Micropilot FMR60 Overvoltage protection Accessory Description Overvoltage protection for 2-wire-devices OVP10 (1 channel) OVP20 (2 channel) A0021734 Technical data Resistance per channel: 2 * 0.5 max Threshold DC voltage: 400 to 700 V Threshold impulse voltage: < 800 V Capacitance at 1 MHz: < 1.5 pF Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s): 10 kA Suited for wire cross-sections: 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Ordering with device The overvoltage protection module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610
"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Separate ordering of the module is only necessary if a device is to retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Order code for retrofitting For 1-channel devices (feature 020, option A) For 2-channel devices (feature 020, option B, C, E or G) OVP10: 71128617 OVP20 : 71128619 Hosuing lid for retrofitting In order to keep the necessary safety distances, the housing lid needs to be replaced if the device is retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Depending on the housing type, the order code of the suitable lid is as follows:
GT18 housing: Lid 71185516 GT19 housing: Lid 71185518 GT20 housing: Lid 71185516 Restrictions for retrofitting Depending on the approval of the transmitter the usage of the OVP module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with an OVP module if the option NA (overvoltage protection) is quoted unter Optional Specifications in the Safety Instructions (XA) pertaining to the device. For details refer to SD01090F. Gas-tight feedthrough Accessories Description Gas-tight feedthrough Chemically inert glass feedthrough; prevents gases from entering the electronics housing To order with the device: product structure, feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NC "Gas-tight feedthrough"
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 65 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Communication-specific accessories Accessory Description Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to Technical Information TI00404F Micropilot FMR60 Accessory Description Commubox FXA291 Connects Endress+Hauser field devices with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a computer. Order code: 51516983 For details refer to Technical Information TI00405C Accessory Description HART Loop Converter HMX50 Evaluates the dynamic HART variables and converts them to analog current signals or limit values. Order code: 71063562 For details refer to Technical Information TI00429F and Operating Instructions BA00371F Accessory Description WirelessHART Adapter SWA70 Connects field devices to a WirelessHART network. The WirelessHART adapter can be mounted directly at a HART device and is easly integrated into an existing HART network. It ensures safe data transmission and can be operated in parallel with other wireless networks. For details refer to Operating Instructions BA00061S Accessories Description Connect Sensor FXA30/FXA30B Fully integrated, battery-powered gateway for simple applications with SupplyCare Hosting. Up to 4 field devices with 4 to 20 mA communication (FXA30/FXA30B), serial Modbus
(FXA30B) or HART (FXA30B) can be connected. With its robust design and ability to run for years on the battery, it is ideal for remote monitoring in isolated locations. Version with LTE
(USA, Canada and Mexico only) or 3G mobile transmission for worldwide communication. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01356S and Operating Instructions BA01710S. Accessories Description Fieldgate FXA42 Fieldgates enable communication between connected 4 to 20 mA, Modbus RS485 and Modbus TCP devices and SupplyCare Hosting or SupplyCare Enterprise. The signals are transmitted either via Ethernet TCP/IP, WLAN or mobile communications (UMTS). Advanced automation capabilities are available, such as an integrated Web-PLC, OpenVPN and other functions. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01297S and Operating Instructions BA01778S. Accessories Description SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42. This Web-based software is installed on a local server and can also be visualized and operated with mobile terminals such as a smartphone or tablet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01228S and Operating Instructions BA00055S 66 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Accessories Description SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42, FXA30 and FXA30B. SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (Software as a Service, SaaS). In the Endress+Hauser portal, the user is provided with the data over the Internet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01229S and Operating Instructions BA00050S. Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX350 Field Xpert SFX350 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX370 Field Xpert SFX370 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area and the Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Service-specific accessories Accessory Description DeviceCare SFE100 Configuration tool for HART, PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices Technical Information TI01134S DeviceCare is available for download at www.software-products.endress.com. The download requires a registration in the Endress+Hauser software portal. Alternatively, a DeviceCare DVD can be ordered with the device. Product structure: Feature 570 "Service", Option IV "Tooling DVD (DeviceCare Setup)". FieldCare SFE500 FDT-based Plant Asset Management tool. Helps to configure and maintain all field devices of your plant. By supplying status information it also supports the diagnosis of the devices. Technical Information TI00028S System components Accessory Description Graphic Data Manager Memograph M RN221N RNS221 The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB stick. For details refer to Technical Information TI00133R and Operating Instructions BA00247R Active barrier with power supply for safe separation of 4 to 20 mA current circuits. Provides bi-directional HART transmission. For details refer to Technical Information TI00073R and Operating Instructions BA00202R Transmitter supply for 2-wire sensors or transmitters exclusively for non-Ex areas. Provides bi-directional communication using the HART communication sockets. For details refer to Technical Information TI00081R and Operating Instructions KA00110R Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 67 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Supplementary documentation Micropilot FMR60 For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to the following:
The W@M Device Viewer: enter the serial number from the nameplate
(www.endress.com/deviceviewer) The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate or scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate. The following document types are available:
In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser Internet site: www.endress.com Downloads Standard documentation Micropilot FMR60 Correlation of documentations to the device:
Communication Device Power supply, output 1) A, B, C, K, L FMR60 Document type Document code HART Operating Instructions BA01618F Brief Operating Instructions KA01251F Description of Device Parameters GP01101F 1) Feature 020 in the product structure Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They are an integral part of the Operating Instructions. The nameplate indicates the Safety Instructions (XA) that are relevant to the device. Feature 010 Approval ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 3G Ex ec IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01549F B 2) XA01549F C 3) XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01552F XA01552F XA01552F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6, Ga/Gb 1/2D Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db XA01556F XA01556F XA01556F ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D CSA XP Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D [Ex ia]
CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Ex ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 [Ex ia]
CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Zn0/1, NI Cl.I Div.2 [Ex ia]
FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 FM XP-IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, AIS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D XA01553F XA01553F XA01553F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F FM XP-IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, Zn0/1, DIP-IS Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F EAC 0Ex ia IIC T6...T3 Ga X EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6...T3 X EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6...T3 X IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F XA01618F XA01618F XA01618F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F BA BB BC BG BH B2 B3 B4 CB CC C2 C3 FA FB FC FD GA GB GC IA IB 68 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR60 Feature 010 Approval IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb IEC Ex ec IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ic IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex nA IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ic IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ec IIC T6 Gc INMETRO Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex nA IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex iaD 20/21 T85 IC IG IH I2 I3 I4 JA JB JC JG JH J2 J3 J4 KA KB KC MA MB MC MG MH NA NB NC NG NH N2 N3 8A
* 4) Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01552F B 2) XA01552F C 3) XA01552F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F XA01556F XA01556F XA01556F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01620F XA01620F XA01620F XA01622F XA01622F XA01622F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01627F XA01627F XA01627F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01629F XA01629F XA01629F NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex tD A20/A21 IP6X T85C XA01630F XA01630F XA01630F FM/CSA IS+XP-IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AIS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F 1) 2) 3) 4) 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA in preparation Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 69 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT*71394723*
71394723 www.addresses.endress.com DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT
1 | User Manual 2 | Users Manual | 2.10 MiB |
TI01303F/00/EN/04.18 71394729 Products Solutions Services Technical Information Micropilot FMR62 Free space radar Level measurement in liquids Application Continuous, non-contact level measurement of liquids, pastes and sludges Integrated PEEK antenna or PTFE-plated, flush-mounted antenna Maximum measuring range: 80 m (262 ft) Temperature: 40 to +200 C (40 to +392 F) Pressure: 1 to +25 bar (14.5 to +362.6 psi) Accuracy: 1 mm (0.04 in) Linearity protocol (3-point, 5-point) Your benefits Reliable measurement thanks to improved focusing and small beam angle, particularly in vessels with many internal fittings Compact design enables installation in the case of small vessels and small process connections Safety by design - ensures highest safety Easy, guided commissioning with intuitive user interface Bluetooth wireless technology for commissioning, operation and maintenance via free iOS / Android app SmartBlue Maximum reliability thanks to multi-echo tracking HistoROM configuration memory makes for easier commissioning, maintenance and diagnostics SIL2 as per IEC 61508, SIL3 for homogeneous or diverse redundancy Easy proof testing for SIL and WHG RFID TAG - easy identification of measuring points for improved data access Heartbeat Technology Micropilot FMR62 Table of contents Important document information . 4 Safety symbols . 4 Electrical symbols . 4 Symbols for certain types of information . 4 Symbols in graphics . 4 Symbols at the device . 5 Storage temperature . 37 Climate class . 37 Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 . 37 Degree of protection . 37 Vibration resistance . 38 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . 38 Terms and abbreviations . 6 Registered trademarks . 7 Function and system design . 8 Measuring principle . 8 Input . 9 Measured variable . 9 Measuring range . 9 Operating frequency . 13 Transmission power . 14 Output . 15 Output signal . 15 Signal on alarm . 16 Linearization . 16 Galvanic isolation . 16 Protocol-specific data . 16 Power supply . 18 Terminal assignment . 18 Device plug connectors . 22 Supply voltage . 23 Power consumption . 24 Current consumption . 24 Power supply failure . 24 Potential equalization . 24 Cable entries . 25 Cable specification . 25 Overvoltage protection . 25 Performance characteristics . 26 Reference operating conditions . 26 Reference accuracy . 26 Measured value resolution . 26 Response time . 26 Influence of ambient temperature . 27 Influence of gas phase . 27 Installation . 28 Installation conditions . 28 Installation: integrated antenna . 32 Installation: flush mount antenna . 33 Container with heat insulation . 35 Environment . 36 Ambient temperature range . 36 Ambient temperature limits . 36 Process . 39 Process temperature, process pressure . 39 Dielectric constant . 42 Mechanical construction . 43 Dimensions . 43 Weight . 50 Materials: GT18 housing (stainless steel, corrosion-
resistant) . 51 Materials: GT19 housing (plastic) . 52 Materials: GT20 housing (die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) . 53 Materials: antenna and process connection . 54 Materials: Weather protection cover . 56 Operability . 57 Operating concept . 57 Local operation . 58 Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 . 58 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology . 59 Remote operation . 59 SupplyCare inventory management software . 61 Certificates and approvals . 64 CE mark . 64 RoHS . 64 RCM-Tick marking . 64 Ex approval . 64 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . 64 Functional safety . 64 WHG . 64 Hygienic compatibility . 64 NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156 . 65 NACE MR 0103 . 65 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) . 65 Marine approval . 65 Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 . 65 Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 . 66 FCC . 66 Industry Canada . 67 CRN approval . 67 Test, certificate . 69 Hard-copy product documentation . 69 Other standards and guidelines . 70 Ordering information . 71 Ordering information . 71 3-point linearity protocol . 72 5-point linearity protocol . 73 2 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Customer-specific configuration . 74 Tagging (TAG) . 74 Services . 74 Application Packages . 75 Heartbeat Diagnostics . 75 Heartbeat Verification . 76 Heartbeat Monitoring . 77 Accessories . 78 Device-specific accessories . 78 Communication-specific accessories . 81 Service-specific accessories . 82 System components . 82 Supplementary documentation . 83 Standard documentation . 83 Safety Instructions (XA) . 83 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 3 Important document information Micropilot FMR62 Safety symbols Symbol Meaning DANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in serious or fatal injury. WARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious or fatal injury. CAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minor or medium injury. NOTE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personal injury. Electrical symbols Symbol Meaning Symbols for certain types of information Symbol Direct current Alternating current Direct current and alternating current Ground connection A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system. Protective Earth (PE) A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections. The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:
Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply. Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system. Meaning Permitted Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted. Preferred Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred. Forbidden Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden. Tip Indicates additional information. Reference to documentation. Symbols in graphics Reference to page. Reference to graphic. Visual inspection. Symbol 1, 2, 3 ...
,
, A, B, C, ... Meaning Item numbers Series of steps Views 4 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DANGERWARNINGCAUTIONNOTICEA1.2.3. Micropilot FMR62 Symbol Meaning A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections Hazardous area Indicates a hazardous area. Safe area (non-hazardous area) Indicates the non-hazardous area. Symbols at the device Symbol Meaning Safety instructions Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions. Temperature resistance of the connection cables Specifies the minimum value of the temperature resistance of the connection cables. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 5
-. Micropilot FMR62 Terms and abbreviations Term/abbreviation Explanation BA KA TI SD XA PN MWP ToF FieldCare DeviceCare DTM DD DC Operating tool Document type "Operating Instructions"
Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"
Document type "Technical Information"
Document type "Special Documentation"
Document type "Safety Instructions"
Nominal pressure Maximum Working Pressure The MWP can also be found on the nameplate. Time of Flight Scalable software tool for device configuration and integrated plant asset management solutions Universal configuration software for Endress+Hauser HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and Ethernet field devices Device Type Manager Device Description for HART communication protocol Relative dielectric constant r The term "operating tool" is used in place of the following operating software:
FieldCare / DeviceCare, for operation via HART communication and PC BD Blocking Distance; no signals are analyzed within the BD. 6 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Registered trademarks HART Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Endress+Hauser is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Android Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. KALREZ, VITON Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, USA TEFLON Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA TRI CLAMP Registered trademark of Ladish Co. Inc., Kenosha, USA Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 7 Micropilot FMR62 Function and system design Measuring principle The Micropilot is a "downward-looking" measuring system, operating based on the frequency modulated continuous wave method (FMCW). The antenna emits an electromagnetic wave at a continuously varying frequency. This wave is reflected by the product and received again by the antenna. 1 R D FMCW principle: transmission and reflection of the continuous wave Reference point of measurement Distance between reference point and product surface The frequency of this wave is modulated in the form of a sawtooth signal between two limit frequencies f1 and f2:
A0032017 A0023771 2 1 2 FMCW principle: result of frequency modulation Transmitted signal Received signal This results in the following difference frequency at any time between the transmitted signal and the received signal:
f = k t where t is the run time and k is the specified increase in frequency modulation. t is given by the distance D between the reference point R and the product surface:
D = (c t) / 2 where c is the speed of propagation of the wave. In summary, D can be calculated from the measured difference frequency f. D is then used to determine the content of the tank or silo. 8 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRft12f2f1tf Micropilot FMR62 Input Measured variable The measured variable is the distance between the reference point and the product surface. The level is calculated based on "E", the empty distance entered. Optionally, the level can be converted to other variables (volume, mass) by linearization (32 value pairs). Measuring range Maximum measuring range Device FMR62 Antenna 1) GE:
integrated, PEEK, 20 mm / 3/4"
GF:
integrated PEEK, 40 mm / 1-1/2"
GM:
PTFE cladded flush mount 50 mm / 2"
GN:
PTFE cladded flush mount 80 mm / 3"
1) Feature 070 in the product structure Maximum measuring range 10 m (32.8 ft) 22 m (72 ft) 50 m (164 ft) 80 m (262 ft) Usable measuring range The usable measuring range depends on the antenna size, the medium's reflective properties, the installation position and any possible interference reflections. The following tables describe the groups of media as well as the achievable measuring range as a function of application and media group. If the dielectric constant of a medium is unknown, it is recommended to assume media group B to ensure a reliable measurement. Media groups Media group A0 A B C D DC (r) 1.2 to 1.4 1.4 to 1.9 1.9 to 4 4 to 10
> 10 Example Butane, liquid nitrogen, liquefied hydrogen non-conducting liquids, e.g. liquefied gas 1) non-conducting liquids, e.g. benzene, oil, toluene, e.g. concentrated acids, organic solvents, esters, aniline, alcohol, acetone, conducting liquids, e.g. aqueous solutions, dilute acids and alkalis 1) NH3 falls into medium group A. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:
the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 9 Micropilot FMR62 FMR62 Antenna: Integrated, PEEK, 20mm/ 3/4" 1) Storage tank Buffer tank Process tank with agitator A0034565 A0034566 A0034567 Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) A0034580 A0034575 Measuring range [m (ft)]
1) Product structure: feature 070; option GE A0034585 10 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser A0ABCD1.5(5)2.5(8)5(16)8(26)10(33)A0ABCD1(3.3)1.5(5)3(10)6(20)8(26)ABCD1(3.3)1,5(5)3(10)5(16) Micropilot FMR62 FMR62 Antenna: Integrated, PEEK, 40mm/ 1-1/2" 1) Storage tank Buffer tank Process tank with agitator A0034565 A0034566 A0034567 Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) A0034576 A0034581 Measuring range [m (ft)]
1) Product structure: feature 070; option GF A0034586 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 11 A0ABCD3(10)6(20)11(36)15(49)22(72)A0ABCD1.5(5)3(10)6(20)13(43)20(66)A0ABCD1(3.3)1,5(5)3(10)7(23)11(36) Micropilot FMR62 FMR62 Antenna: PTFE cladded flush mount 50mm/2" 1) Storage tank Buffer tank Process tank with agitator A0034565 A0034566 A0034567 Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) A0034577 A0034582 Measuring range [m (ft)]
1) Product structure: feature 070; option GM A0034587 12 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser A0ABCD7(23)12(39)23(75)40(131)50(164)A0ABCD4(13)7(23)13(43)28(92)44(144)A0ABCD2(7)4(13)7(23)15(49)25(82) Micropilot FMR62 FMR62 Antenna: PTFE cladded flush mount 80mm/3" 1) Storage tank Buffer tank Process tank with agitator A0034565 A0034566 A0034567 Calm product surface (e.g. intermittent filling, filling from bottom, immersion tubes) Moving surfaces (e.g. continuous filling, from above, mixing jets) Turbulent surface (e.g. filling from above, agitators, baffles) A0034578 A0034583 Measuring range [m (ft)]
A0034588 1) Product structure: feature 070; option GN Operating frequency Approx. 80 GHz Up to 8 devices can be installed in the same tank without interfering with each other. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 13 A0ABCD22(72)40(131)50(164)65(213)80(262)A0ABCD12(39)23(75)45(148)60(197)70(230)A0ABCD7(23)13(43)25(82)50(164)60(197) Transmission power Peak power: 6.3 mW Average output power: 63 W Micropilot FMR62 14 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Output signal Output HART Signal coding Data transmission rate Galvanic isolation FSK 0.5 mA over current signal 1 200 Bit/s Yes Bluetooth wireless technology Device version Ordering feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"
Operation / configuration By the SmartBlue app. Range under reference conditions > 10 m (33 ft) Encryption Switch output Encrypted communication and password encryption prevent incorrect operation by unauthorized persons. For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
Switch output Function Switching behavior Open collector switching output Binary (conductive or non-conductive), switches when the programmable switch point is reached Failure mode Electrical connection values U = 16 to 35 VDC, I = 0 to 40 mA Internal resistance non-conductive RI < 880 The voltage drop at this internal resistance has to be taken into account on planning the configuration. For example, the resulting voltage at a connected relay must be sufficient to switch the relay. floating, Insulation voltage 1 350 VDC to power supply aund 500 VAC to ground freely programmable, separately for switch-on and switch-off point freely programmable from 0 to 100 s, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Insulation voltage Switch point Switching delay Number of switching cycles corresponds to the measuring cycle Signal source device variables Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Diagnostic values, Advanced diagnostics Number of switching cycles unlimited Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 15 Micropilot FMR62 Signal on alarm Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:
Current output (for HART devices) Failsafe mode selectable (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43):
Minimum alarm: 3.6 mA Maximum alarm (= factory setting): 22 mA Failsafe mode with user-selectable value: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Local display Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Operating tool via HART communication or service interface (CDI) Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Linearization The linearization function of the device allows the conversion of the measured value into any unit of length or volume. Linearization tables for calculating the volume in cylindrical tanks are pre-
programmed. Other linearization tables of up to 32 value pairs can be entered manually or semi-
automatically. Galvanic isolation All circuits for the outputs are galvanically isolated from each other. Protocol-specific data HART Manufacturer ID Device type ID HART specification 17 (0x11) 0x112B 7.0 Device description files (DTM, DD) HART load HART device variables Information and files under:
www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org min. 250 The measured values can be freely assigned to the device variables. Measured values for PV (primary variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Measured values for SV, TV, FV (second, third and fourth variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Terminal voltage Relative echo amplitude Absolute echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Supported functions Burst mode Additional transmitter status Wireless HART data Minimum start-up voltage Start-up current Start-up time Minimum operating voltage 16 V 3.6 mA 65 s 14.0 V 16 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Multidrop current Set-up time 4.0 mA 15 s Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 17 Power supply Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20mA HART Micropilot FMR62 A0011294 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 3 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device: Observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 Overvoltage protection module Terminal for potential equalization line Cable entry 18 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 1+24-20mA1-channel overvoltage protection-[16]A74...20 mA54123+++1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[21]open-89-B+4...20 mA54123+6+Micropilot FMR62 2-wire: 4-20mA HART, switch output A0013759 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 4 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage 1 HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load 2 Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) 3 Analog display device: Observe maximum load 4 Cable screen; observe cable specification 5 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 6 Switch output (open collector): Terminals 3 and 4 7 Terminal for potential equalization line 8 Cable entry for 4-20mA HART line 9 10 Cable entry for switch output line 11 Overvoltage protection module Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 19 13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]B10986-A1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wire4-20mAPFSHART[02/03]open-1+2-3+4-711++--233445514...20 mA2503+3+4-4-++4...20 mA25021++2-wire: 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA Micropilot FMR62 A0013923 Terminal assignment 2-wire, 4-20 mA HART, 4...20mA Connection current output 2 Connection current output 1 Supply voltage for current output 1 (e.g. RN221N); Observe terminal voltage Cable screen; observe cable specification HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device ; observe maximum load Analog display device ; observe maximum load Supply voltage for current output 2 (e.g. RN221N); Obeserve terminal voltage 5 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Overvoltage protection module 11 Current output 2: Terminals 3 and 4 12 Terminal for the potential equalization line 13 Cable entry for current output 1 14 Cable entry for current output 2 This version is also suited for single-channel operation. In this case, current output 1 (terminals 1 and 2) must be used. 20 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser A13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]141312-13++244...20mAHART4...20mA10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[04/05]open--11++++----11223399558866774444++4...20 mA4...20 mA10B4...20 mA4...20 mA++++++Micropilot FMR62 Connection examples for the switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
6 Connection of a relay A0015909 Suitable relays (examples):
Solid-state relay: Phoenix Contact OV-24DC/480AC/5 with mounting rail connector UMK-1 OM-R/AMS Electromechanical relay: Phoenix Contact PLC-RSC-12DC/21 Connection of a digital input A0015910 Pull-up resistor Digital input 7 1 2 For optimum interference immunity we recommend to connect an external resistor (internal resistance of the relay or Pull-up resistor) of < 1 000 . Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 21 3++-4-Ri3+21+4-Ri Device plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening the housing. Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector Micropilot FMR62 Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector Pin 1 2 3 4 Pin 1 2 3 4 A0011175 A0011176 Meaning Signal +
not connected Signal -
Ground Meaning Signal -
Signal +
Not connected Screen 22 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 21344231 Micropilot FMR62 Supply voltage An external power supply is necessary. Various power supply units can be ordered as an accessory from Endress+Hauser. 2-wire, 4-20mA HART, passive
"Power supply, output" 1) A:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex ic CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex d(ia) /
XP Ex ic(ia) Ex nA(ia) Ex ta / DIP Terminal voltage U at device 14 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit 14 to 30 V 3) 14 to 35 V 3) 4) A0031745 Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 14 to 30 V 3) 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. At ambient temperatures TTa 20 C, a terminal voltage U 16 V is required to start the device with the min. error current (3.6 mA). Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit
"Power supply, output" 1) B:
2-wire;
4-20 mA HART, switch outpu
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP 16 to 30 V 3) Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS +
XP A0031746 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 23 R []WU0[V]1014252030350500R []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR62 Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit
"Approval" 2) Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 30 V 3) All
"Power supply, output" 1) C:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. A0031746 Integrated polarity reversal protection Permitted residual ripple with f = 0 to 100 Hz Permitted residual ripple with f = 100 to 10 000 Hz Yes USS < 1 V USS < 10 mV Power consumption
"Power supply; Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART B: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 1) Feature 020 of the product structure Power consumption
< 0.9 W
< 0.9 W
< 2 x 0.7 W Current consumption HART Nominal current 3.6 to 22 mA the start-up current for multidrop mode can be parametrized
(is set to 3.6 mA on delivery) Breakdown signal (NAMUR NE43) adjustable: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Power supply failure Configuration is retained in the HistoROM (EEPROM). Error messages (incl. value of operated hours counter) are stored. Potential equalization No special measures for potential equalization are required. If the device is designed for hazardous areas, observe the information in the documentation
"Safety Instructions" (XA). 24 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser R []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR62 Cable entries Cable specification Connection of power supply and signal line To be selected in feature 050 "Electrical connection"
Gland M20; Material dependent on the approval:
For Non-Ex, ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI Ex ia/ic:
Plastics M20x1.5 for cable 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in) For Dust-Ex, FM IS, CSA IS, CSA GP, Ex nA:
Metal M20x1.5 for cable 7 to 10 mm (0.28 to 0.39 in) 1) For Ex d:
No gland available Thread
" NPT G "
M20 1.5 Plug M12 / Plug 7/8"
Only available for Non-Ex, Ex ic, Ex ia Connection of remote display FHX50 Dependent on feature 030: "Display, Operation":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + M12 connection":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + custom connection":
M12 socket M16 cable gland Devices without integrated overvoltage protection Pluggable spring-force terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) Devices with integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) For ambient temperature TU60 C (140 F): use cable for temperature TU +20 K. HART A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal is used. A shielded cable is recommended if using the HART protocol. Observe grounding concept of the plant. Overvoltage protection If the measuring device is used for level measurement in flammable liquids which requires the use of overvoltage protection according to DIN EN 60079-14, standard for test procedures 60060-1 (10 kA, pulse 8/20 s), an overvoltage protection module has to be installed. Integrated overvoltage protection module An integrated overvoltage protection module is available for 2-wire HART devices. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Technical data Resistance per channel Threshold DC voltage Threshold impulse voltage Capacitance at 1 MHz Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s) 2 0.5 max. 400 to 700 V
< 800 V
< 1.5 pF 10 kA External overvoltage protection module HAW562 or HAW569 from Endress+Hauser are suited as external overvoltage protection. 1) The material of the gland is dependent on the housing type; GT18 (stainless steel housing): 316L (1.4404); GT19 (plastic housing) and GT20
(aluminum housing): nickel-coated brass (CuZn). Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 25 Micropilot FMR62 Reference operating conditions Performance characteristics Temperature = +24 C (+75 F) 5 C (9 F) Pressure = 960 mbar abs. (14 psia) 100 mbar (1.45 psi) Humidity = 60 % 15 %
Reflector: metal plate with diameter 1 m (40 in) No major interference reflections inside the signal beam Reference accuracy Typical data under reference operating conditions: DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1;
percentage values in relation to the span. Output:
digital Accuracy (Sum of non-
linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis) 2) Measuring distance up to 0.8 m (2.62 ft): max. 4 mm (0.16 in) Measuring distance > 0.8 m (2.62 ft): 1 mm (0.04 in) 0.02 %
analog 1) 0.03 %
Non-repeatability 3) 1 mm (0.04 in) 1) 2) 3) Add error of the analogous value to the digital value. If the reference conditions are not met, the offset/zero point arising from the mounting conditions may be up to 4 mm (0.16 in). This additional offset/zero point can be compensated for by entering a correction
(parameter "level correction") during commissioning. The non-repeatability is already considered in the accuracy. Differing values in near-range applications A0032636 Maximum measured error in near-range applications 8 Maximum measured error R D Reference point of the distance measurement Distance from reference point of antenna Measured value resolution Dead band according to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1:
Digital: 1 mm Analog: 1 A Response time The response time can be configured. The following step response times (in accordance with DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1) 2) are when damping is switched off:
2) 26 According to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1, the step response time is the time that elapses after an abrupt change in the input signal until the change in the output signal has adopted 90% of the steady-state value for the first time. V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 0.8 (2.62)4 (0.16)1 (0.04)-1 (-0.04)-4 (-0.16)D [m ()][mm (in)]R0 Micropilot FMR62 Influence of ambient temperature Influence of gas phase Sampling rate Response time 1.3 s1 at U 24 V
< 3.6 s The measurements are performed according to DIN EN IEC 61298-3 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 Digital (HART): average TK = 3 mm/10 K Analog (current output):
Zero point (4 mA): average TK = 0.02 %/10 K Span (20 mA): average TK = 0.05 %/10 K High pressure reduces the speed of propagation of the measuring signals in the gas/vapor above the medium. This effect depends on the type of gas phase and its temperature. This results in a systematic measured error that increases with increasing distance between the reference point of the measurement (flange) and the surface of the product. The following table shows this measured error for a few typical gases/vapors (with regard to the distance, a positive value means that a too large distance is measured):
Gas phase Air/nitrogen Hydrogen Water (saturated steam) Temperature C F 20 200 400 20 200 400 100 180 263 310 364 68 392 752 68 392 752 212 356 505,4 590 687 Pressure 1 bar (14,5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 0.00 %
0.01 %
0.02 %
0.01 %
0.02 %
0.02 %
0.02 %
-
-
-
-
0.22 %
0.13 %
0.08 %
0.10 %
0.05 %
0.03 %
-
2.1 %
-
-
-
0.58 %
0.36 %
0.29 %
0.25 %
0.17 %
0.11 %
-
-
4.15 %
-
-
With a known, constant pressure, it is possible to compensate for this measured error with a linearization, for example. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 27 Installation Installation conditions Mounting position Micropilot FMR62 A0016882 Recommended distance A wall - nozzle outer edge: ~1/6 of the container diameter. However, the device must not under any circumstances be mounted closer than 15 cm (5.91 in) to the tank wall. Not in the center (2) as interference can cause signal loss. Not above the filling curtain (3). The use of a weather protection cover (1) is recommended to protect the transmitter from direct sunlight or rain. 28 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser A123 Micropilot FMR62 Internal container fittings Avoid the location of internal fittings (limit switches, temperature sensors, struts, vacuum rings, heating coils, baffles etc.) inside the signal beam. Take into account the beam angle 30. A0031777 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 29 Avoiding interference echoes Micropilot FMR62 Metal deflection plates installed at an angle to scatter the radar signals help prevent interference echoes. A0031813 Optimization options Antenna size The larger the antenna the smaller the beam angle ,resulting in fewer interference echoes 30. Mapping Measurement can be optimized by electronically suppressing interference echoes. Beam angle 9 Relationship between beam angle , distance D and beamwidth diameter W A0031824 The beam angle is defined as the angle where the energy density of the radar waves reaches half the value of the maximum energy density (3dB width). Microwaves are also emitted outside the signal beam and can be reflected off interfering installations. 30 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DWD_=22..tanW Micropilot FMR62 Antenna 1) FMR62 A0032081 A0032082 integrated, PEEK, 40 mm / 1-1/2"
PTFE cladded flush mount 50 mm / 2"
PTFE cladded flush mount 80 mm / 3"
integrated
, PEEK, 20 mm / 3/4"
Beam angle 14 8 7 3 Distance (D) 5 m (16 ft) 10 m (33 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 45 m (148 ft) 50 m (164 ft) 60 m (197 ft) 70 m (230 ft) 80 m (262 ft) Beamwidth diameter W 1.32 m
(4.33 ft) 2.63 m
(8.63 ft)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.70 m (2.29 ft) 1.40 m (4.58 ft) 2.09 m (6.87 ft) 2.79 m (9.16 ft)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.61 m
(2.00 ft) 1.22 m
(4.00 ft) 1.83 m
(6.01 ft) 2.44 m
(8.01 ft) 3.05 m
(10.02 ft) 3.66 m
(12.02 ft) 4.27 m
(14.02 ft) 4.88 m
(16.03 ft) 5.50 m
(18.03 ft) 6.11 m
(20.03 ft)
-
-
-
0.26 m (0.85 ft) 0.52 m (1.71 ft) 0.79 m (2.59 ft) 1.05 m (3.44 ft) 1.31 m (4.30 ft) 1.57 m (5.15 ft) 1.83 m (6.00 ft) 2.09 m (6.86 ft) 2.36 m (7.74 ft) 2.62 m (8.60 ft) 3.14 m (10.30 ft) 3.67 m (12.04 ft) 4.19 m (13.75 ft) 1) Feature 070 in the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 31 Measurement through a ball valve Micropilot FMR62 Measurements can be performed through an open full bore ball valve without any problems. At the transitions, no gap may be left exceeding 1 mm (0.04 in). Diameter of opening of ball valve must always be equivalent to pipe diameter; avoid edges and constrictions. A0034564 Measuring through plastic tank ceilings or dielectric windows Dielectric constant of the medium: r 10 The distance from the lower edge of the antenna to the tank ceiling or window should be about If possible, avoid mounting locations where condensation or build-up might occur. In case of outdoor mounting, the space between antenna and vessel has to be protected from the 100 mm (4 in). elements. Do not mount any potential reflectors (e.g. pipes) outside the tank in the signal beam. Suitable thickness of the tank ceiling or dielectric window Material DK (= r) Optimum thickness 1.3 mm (0.051) 1) PTFE 2.3 2.1 PE 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) PP 2.3 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) Perspex 3.1 1.07 mm
(0.042 in) 1) 1) or an integer multiple of this value; however, take into account that the microwave transparency is significantly reduced when increasing the thickness of the window. Installation: integrated antenna Radial alignment of the antenna Based on the directional characteristic, radial alignment of the antenna is not necessary. Information concerning nozzles The maximum nozzle length Hmax depends on the nozzle diameter D:
32 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 A0032208 Endress+Hauser HmaxD Micropilot FMR62 Inner nozzle diameterD 40 to 50 mm (1.6 to 2 in) 50 to 80 mm (2 to 3.2 in) 80 to 100 mm (3.2 to 4 in) 100 to 150 mm (4 to 6 in) 150 mm (6 in) Antenna GE 2):
20mm / 3/4"
Maximum nozzle height Hmax Antenna GF 2):
40mm / 1-1/2"
1) 200 mm (8 in) 300 mm (12 in) 450 mm (18 in) 550 mm (22 in) 850 mm (34 in) 400 mm (16 in) 550 mm (22 in) 850 mm (34 in) 1 050 mm (42 in) 1 600 mm (64 in) 1) 2) In case of longer nozzles, a reduced measuring performance is to be expected. Feature 070 of the product structure Note the following if the antenna does not project out of the nozzle:
The end of the nozzle must be smooth and free from burrs. The edge of the nozzle should be Mapping must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with nozzles that are higher than indicated in rounded if possible. the table. Information concerning threaded connections When screwing in, turn by the hex bolt only. Tool: open-ended wrench 36 mm (Sensor 3/4");
open-ended wrench 55 mm (Sensor 1 1/2") Maximum permissible torque: 50 Nm (36 lbf ft) Installation: flush mount antenna Radial alignment of the antenna Based on the directional characteristic, radial alignment of the antenna is not necessary. Information concerning nozzles A0032206 Inner nozzle diameterD Antenna GM 2):
50mm / 2"
Maximum nozzle height Hmax Antenna GN 2):
80mm / 3"
1) 50 to 80 mm (2 to 3.2 in) 80 to 100 mm (3.2 to 4 in) 600 mm (24 in) 1 000 mm (40 in)
-
1 750 mm (70 in) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 33 HmaxD Micropilot FMR62 Inner nozzle diameterD Antenna GM 2):
50mm / 2"
Maximum nozzle height Hmax Antenna GN 2):
80mm / 3"
1) 100 to 150 mm (4 to 6 in) 150 mm (6 in) 1 250 mm (50 in) 1 850 mm (74 in) 2 200 mm (88 in) 3 300 mm (132 in) 1) 2) In case of longer nozzles, a reduction of the measuring performance is to be expected. Merkamal 070 der Produktstruktur Note the following if the antenna does not project out of the nozzle:
The end of the nozzle must be smooth and free from burrs. The edge of the nozzle should be Mapping must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with nozzles that are higher than indicated in rounded if possible. the table. Mounting cladded flanges Note the following for cladded flanges:
Use the same number of flange screws as the number of flange bores provided. Tighten the screws with the necessary torque (see Table). Retighten after 24 hours or after the first temperature cycle. Depending on the process pressure and temperature, check and retighten the screws, where necessary, at regular intervals. The PTFE flange cladding normally acts simultaneously as a seal between the nozzle and the device flange. Flange size Number of screws Recommended tightening torque [Nm]
Minimum Maximum EN DN50/PN16 DN80/PN16 DN100/PN16 DN150/PN16 ASME 2"/150lbs 3"/150lbs 4"/150lbs 6"/150lbs JIS 10K 50A 10K 80A 10K 100A 10K 150A 4 8 8 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 8 45 40 40 75 40 65 45 85 40 25 35 75 65 55 60 115 55 95 70 125 60 35 55 115 34 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Container with heat insulation If process temperatures are high, the device should be included in the usual container insulation system (2) to prevent the electronics from heating as a result of thermal radiation or convection. The insulation should not be higher than the neck of the device (1). A0032207 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 35 12 Micropilot FMR62 Ambient temperature range Environment Measuring device Local display 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F), the readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Outdoor operation in strong sunlight:
Mount the device in the shade. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions. Use a weather protection cover (see accessories). Ambient temperature limits The following diagrams only consider functional aspects. Additional restrictions may apply for certified device versions. See the separate Safety Instructions for more information 83. In the event of temperature (Tp) at the process connection, the permitted ambient temperature (Ta) is reduced as indicated in the following diagram (temperature derating) in the table header. Integrated, PEEK, 3/4"
Integrated, PEEK, 1-1/2"
PTFE cladded flush mount DN50 PTFE cladded flush mount DN80 FMR62 Antenna 1) GE:
GF:
GM:
GN:
Seal 2) A6:
C2:
F6:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F) FFKM Kalrez, 20 to 200 C (4 to 392 F) PTFE cladded, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F) A0032024 Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 3) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 B:
GT18 two-chamber 316L A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated Tp 40
(40) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 76
(168.8) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 200
(392) Ta 63
(145.4) Tp 200
(392) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 40
(40) 60
(140) 60
(140) 60
(140) 200
(392) 42
(107.6) 200
(392) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 200
(392) 68
(154.4) 200
(392) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure 36 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser P2P1P5P4P3TaTp Micropilot FMR62 FMR62 Antenna 1) GE:
GF:
GM:
GN:
Seal 2) A5:
C1:
F5:
Integrated, PEEK, 3/4"
Integrated, PEEK, 1-1/2"
PTFE cladded flush mount DN50 PTFE cladded flush mount DN80 FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) FFKM Kalrez, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) PTFE cladded, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) A0032025 P3 P4 P5 Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 3) P1 P2 Tp 40
(40) Ta 76 Tp 76 Ta 76
(168.8)
(168.8)
(168.8) P2+
Ta 71
(159.8) Tp 109
(228.2) Tp 150
(302) Ta 47
(116.6) Tp 150
(302) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 40
(40) 60
(140) 60
(140) 60
(140) 127
(260.6) 45
(113) 150
(302) 24
(75.2) 150
(302) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 76 76 76
(168.8)
(168.8)
(168.8) 112
(233.6) 72
(161.6) 150
(302) 55
(131) 150
(302) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) B:
GT18 two-chamber 316L A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure Storage temperature 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD) Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 Degree of protection Generally up to 2 000 m (6 600 ft) above MSL. Above 2 000 m (6 600 ft) if the following conditions are met:
Ordering feature 020 "Power supply; Output" = A, B, C, E or G (2-wire versions) Supply voltage U < 35 V Supply voltage of overvoltage category 1 With closed housing tested according to:
IP68, NEMA6P (24 h at 1.83 m under water surface) For plastic housing with transparent cover (display module): IP68 (24 h at 1.00 m under water surface) 3) IP66, NEMA4X With open housing: IP20, NEMA1 Display module: IP22, NEMA2 Degree of protection IP68 NEMA6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is plugged in and is also rated IP68 NEMA6P. 3) This restriction is valid if the following options of the product structure have been selected at the same time: 030 ("Display, Operation") = C
("SD02") or E ("SD03"); 040 ("Housing") = A ("GT19"). Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 37 P2P1P5P4P3TaTpP2+Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 IEC 60068-2-64 at 5 to 2 000 Hz: 1.5 (m/s2)2/Hz Micropilot FMR62 A limited vibration resistance applies according DIN EN 60068-2-64/IEC 60068-2-64 at 5 to 2 000 Hz of 0.39 (m/s2)2/Hz, if the following order features are selected in the product structure at the same time:
040 ("Housing"): B ("GT18 two-chamber, 316L) and 090 ("Seal"):
or or A6 ("FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F), incl. gas-tight feedthrough") C2 ("FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F), incl. gas-tight feedthrough") F6 ("FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F), incl. gas-tight feedthrough") Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility in accordance with all of the relevant requirements outlined in the EN 61326 series and NAMUR Recommendation EMC (NE 21). For details, please refer to the Declaration of Conformity 4). A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal should be used. Use a shielded cable for digital communication (HART/ PA/ FF). Maximum measured error during EMC testing: <0.5 % of the span. By way of derogation, for devices with a plastic housing and see-through lid (integrated display SD02 or SD03) the measured error can be up to 2 % of the span in the event of strong electromagnetic radiation in the 1 to 2 GHz frequency range. 4) Available for download at www.de.endress.com. 38 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Process temperature, process pressure Process The pressure ranges indicated can be reduced by the choice of process connection. The nominal pressure (PN) indicated on the nameplate refers to a reference temperature of 20 C, and of 100 F for ASME flanges. Observe pressure-temperature dependency. Please refer to the following standards for the pressure values permitted at higher temperatures:
EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 In terms of their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped in EN 1092-1 table 18 under 13E0. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical. ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316 ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276 JIS B 2220 FMR62, integrated antenna, PEEK, 150 C (302 F) 10 FMR62: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, integrated antenna, PEEK (feature 070: GE, GF), 150 C (302 F) A0032182 1 2 Feature 90, seal: A5, FKM Viton GLT Feature 90, seal: C1, FFKM Kalrez FMR62, integrated antenna, PEEK, feature 070: GE, GF Feature 100 "Process connection" Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range GDJ:
GGJ:
RDJ:
RGJ:
Thread ISO228 G3/4, 316L Thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L Thread ANSI MNPT3/4, 316L Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L A5:
FKM Viton GLT 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) C1:
FFKM Kalrez 20 to +150 C
(4 to +302 F) Process pressure range prel =
1 to 20 bar
(14.5 to 290 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 39 p-40(-40)-20(-4)+150(+302)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])20 (290)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) FMR62, integrated antenna, PEEK, 200 C (392 F) Micropilot FMR62 11 FMR62: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, integrated antenna, PEEK (feature 070: GE, GF), 200 C (392 F) A0032183 1 2 Feature 90, seal: A6, FKM Viton GLT Feature 90, seal: C2, FFKM Kalrez FMR62, integrated antenna, PEEK , feature 070: GE, GF Feature 100 "Process connection" Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range GDJ:
GGJ:
RDJ:
RGJ:
Thread ISO228 G3/4, 316L Thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L Thread ANSI MNPT3/4, 316L Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L A6:
FKM Viton GLT 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) C2:
FFKM Kalrez 20 to +200 C
(4 to +392 F) Process pressure range prel =
1 to 20 bar
(14.5 to 290 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval FMR62, Tri-Clamp 2" process connection FMR62: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, Tri-Clamp 2" process connection A0032618 12 1 2 Feature 90, seal: F5 Feature 90, seal: F6 40 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser p-40(-40)-20(-4)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])20 (290)-1 (-14.5)0 (0)p-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])16 (232)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Micropilot FMR62 FMR62, Tri-Clamp 2" process connection Feature 100 "Process connection"
Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range Process pressure range TDK:
Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN40-51 (2") F5:
PTFE cladded F6:
PTFE cladded 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) prel =
1 to 16 bar (14.5 to 232 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval FMR62, Tri-Clamp 3" or Tri-Clamp 4" process connection 13 FMR62: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, Tri-Clamp 3" or Tri-Clamp 4"
process connection A0032619 1 2 Feature 90, seal: F5 Feature 90, seal: F6 FMR62, Tri-Clamp 3" or Tri-Clamp 4" process connection Feature 100 "Process connection"
Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range TFK:
Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN70-76.1
(3") THK:
Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN101.6 (4") F5:
PTFE cladded 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) F6:
PTFE cladded 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) Process pressure range prel =
1 to 14 bar
(14.5 to 203 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 41 p-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])14 (203)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) FMR62, flange or DIN11851 process connection, PTFE flush mount Micropilot FMR62 14 FMR62: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, flange or DIN11851 process connection A0032184 1 2 Feature 90, seal: F5 Feature 90, seal: F6 FMR62, flange or DIN11851 process connection Feature 100 "Process connection"
NPS 2" Cl.150 RF, PTFE > 316/316L NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, PTFE > 316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, PTFE > 316/316L NPS 6" Cl.150 RF, PTFE > 316/316L DN50 PN10/16 B1, PTFE > 316L DN80 PN10/16 B1, PTFE > 316L DN100 PN10/16 B1, PTFE > 316L DN150 PN10/16 B1, PTFE > 316L 10K 50A RF, PTFE > 316L 10K 80A RF, PTFE > 316L 10K 100A RF, PTFE > 316L 10K 150A RF, PTFE > 316L AFK:
AGK:
AHK:
AJK:
CFK:
CGK:
CHK:
CJK:
KFK:
KGK:
KHK:
KJK:
MRK:
MTK:
DIN11851 DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE > 316L DIN11851 DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE > 316L Process pressure range Feature 90 "Seal"
F5:
PTFE cladded Process temperature range 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) F6:
PTFE cladded 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) prel =
1 to 25 bar
(14.5 to 362.6 psi) 1) Dielectric constant 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval For liquids r 1.9 Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with lower dielectric constants than indicated. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:
the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) 42 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser p-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])25 (362.6)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Micropilot FMR62 Mechanical construction Dimensions Dimensions of the electronics housing 15 Housing GT18 (316L); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 16 Housing GT19 (Plastics PBT); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 17 Housing GT20 (Alu coated); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. A0011666 A0011346 A0020751 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 43 146 (5.75)142 (5.59)115.25 (4.54)108.5 (4.27)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)98 (3.86)*103.5 (4.07)R110144 (5.67)113.5 (4.47)106 (4.17)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)99 (3.9)*106 (4.17)R110145.5 (5.73)141.5 (5.57)112 (4.41)108.5 (4.27)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)98 (3.86)*103.5 (4.07)R11061 (2.4) Micropilot FMR62 FMR62: integrated antenna, PEEK, 20mm / 3/4"
Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal GE: Integrated, PEEK, 20mm/3/4"
A5: FKM Viton GLT, -40...150C / -40...302F A6: FKM Viton GLT, -40...200C / -40...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through C1: FFKM Kalrez, -20...150C / -4...302F C2: FFKM Kalrez, -20...200C / -4...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through 100: Process Connection GDJ: Thread ISO228 G3/4, 316L RDJ: Thread ANSI MNPT3/4, 316L Dimensions: mm (in) A0031557 18 A B R 1 Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F or FFKM Kalrez, -20...150oC/-4...302F Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F or FFKM Kalrez, -20...200oC/-4...392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing 44 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 23.8 (0.94)143 (5.63)186 (7.32)22 (0.87)1A32.2 (1.27)B1R Micropilot FMR62 FMR62: integrated antenna, PEEK, 40mm / 1-1/2"
Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal GF: Integrated, PEEK, 40mm/1-1/2"
A5: FKM Viton GLT, -40...150C / -40...302F A6: FKM Viton GLT, -40...200C / -40...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through C1: FFKM Kalrez, -20...150C / -4...302F C2: FFKM Kalrez, -20...200C / -4...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through 100: Process Connection GGJ: Thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L RGJ: Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Dimensions: mm (in) A0032787 19 A B R 1 Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F or FFKM Kalrez, -20...150oC/-4...302F Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F or FFKM Kalrez, -20...200oC/-4...392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 45 227 (8.94)A30 (1.18)184 (7.24)B42.5 (1.67)54.8 (2.18)R11 Micropilot FMR62 FMR62: flush mount antenna with sanitary adapter DIN11851, PTFE cladded Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal GM: PTFE cladded flush mount 50mm/2"
GN: PTFE cladded flush mount 80mm/3"
F5: PTFE cladded, -40...150C / -40...302F F6: PTFE cladded, -40...200C / -40...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through 100: Process Connection MRK: DIN11851 DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L MTK: DIN11851 DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L Dimensions: mm (in) A0032175 20 A B R 1 Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Feature 100 "Process connection"
MRK:
DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L MTK:
DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L D1 D2 L1 L2 L3 L4 48 mm
(1.89 in) 65.5 mm
(2.58 in) 148 mm
(5.83 in) 191 mm
(7.52 in) 5 mm
(0.20 in) 19 mm
(0.75 in) 75 mm
(2.95 in) 97 mm
(3.82 in) 161 mm
(6.33 in) 204 mm
(8.03 in) 6 mm
(0.24 in) 32 mm
(1.26 in) 46 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser L1L3D2D1L2L41ABR1 Micropilot FMR62 FMR62: flush-mount antenna with Tri-Clamp ISO2852, PTFE cladded Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal GM: PTFE cladded flush mount 50mm/2"
GN: PTFE cladded flush mount 80mm/3"
F5: PTFE cladded, -40...150C / -40...302F F6: PTFE cladded, -40...200C / -40...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through 100: Process Connection TDK: Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN51 (2"), PTFE>316L TFK: Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN70-76.1 (3"), PTFE>316L TDK: Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN101.6 (4"), PTFE>316L Dimensions: mm (in) A0032176 21 A B R 1 Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Feature 70 "Antenna"
D1 L1 L2 L4 GM:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN50 48 mm (1.89 in) 145 mm (5.71 in) 188 mm (7.40 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) GN:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN80 75 mm (2.95 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 201 mm (7.91 in) 32 mm (1.26 in) Feature 100 "Process connection"
D2 D3 TDK:
DN51 (2") TFK:
DN70-76.1 (3") THK:
DN101.6 (4") 56.5 mm (2.22 in) 64 mm (2.52 in) 83.5 mm (3.29 in) 91 mm (3.58 in) 110 mm (4.33 in) 119 mm (4.69 in) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 47 D2D1L1L2L411D32.6 (0.10)1.6 (0.06)ABR Micropilot FMR62 FMR62: flush mount antenna with flange EN1092-1, ASME B16.5 or JIS B2220; PTFE cladded Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal 100: Process Connection GM: PTFE cladded flush mount 50mm/2"
GN: PTFE cladded flush mount 80mm/3"
F5: PTFE cladded, -40...150C / -40...302F F6: PTFE cladded, -40...200C / -40...392F, incl. gas-tight feed through AFK: NPS 2" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L flange ASME B16.5 AGK: NPS 3" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L flange ASME B16.5 AHK: NPS 4" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L flange ASME B16.5 AJK: NPS 6" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L flange ASME B16.5 ATK: NPS 4" Cl.300, PTFE>316/316L flange ASME B16.5 CFK: DN50 PN10/16, PTFE>316L flange EN1092-1 CGK: DN80 PN10/16, PTFE>316L flange EN1092-1 CHK: DN100 PN10/16, PTFE>316L flange EN1092-1 CJK: DN150 PN10/16, PTFE>316L flange EN1092-1 KFK: 10K 50A, PTFE>316L flange JIS B2220 KGK: 10K 80A, PTFE>316L flange JIS B2220 KHK: 10K 100A, PTFE>316L Flansch JIS B2220 KJK: 10K 150A, PTFE>316L flange JIS B2220 Dimensions: mm (in) A0032177 22 A B R 1 Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: PTFE cladded, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Feature 70 "Antenna"
D1 L1 L2 L4 GM:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN50 48 mm (1.89 in) 147 mm (5.79 in) 190 mm (7.48 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) GN:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN80 75 mm (2.95 in) 159 mm (6.26 in) 202 mm (7.95 in) 32 mm (1.26 in) 48 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser L3L4D2D3D1L14 (0.16)L211ABR Micropilot FMR62 Feature 100 "Process connection"
D2 D3 L3 AFK:
NPS 2" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L AGK:
NPS 3" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L AHK:
NPS 4" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L AJK:
NPS 6" Cl.150, PTFE>316/316L ATK:
NPS 4" Cl.300, PTFE>316/316L CFK:
DN50 PN10/16, PTFE>316L CGK:
DN80 PN10/16, PTFE>316L CHK:
DN100 PN10/16, PTFE>316L CJK:
DN150 PN10/16, PTFE>316L KFK:
10K 50A, PTFE>316L KGK:
10K 80A, PTFE>316L KHK:
10K 100A, PTFE>316L KJK:
10K 150A, PTFE>316L 92 mm (3.62 in) 150 mm (5.91 in) 17.5 mm (0.69 in) 127 mm (5.00 in) 190 mm (7.48 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 230 mm (9.06 in) 22.3 mm (0.88 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 280 mm (11.02 in) 23.9 mm (0.94 in) 158 mm (6.2 in) 255 mm (10 in) 32 mm (1.3 in) 102 mm (4.02 in) 165 mm (6.50 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 138 mm (5.43 in) 200 mm (7.87 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 158 mm (6.22 in) 220 mm (8.66 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 285 mm (11.22 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 96 mm (3.78 in) 155 mm (6.10 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 127 mm (5.00 in) 185 mm (7.28 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 151 mm (5.94 in) 210 mm (8.27 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 212 mm (8.35 in) 280 mm (11.02 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 49 Weight Micropilot FMR62 Housing Part GT18 housing - stainless steel GT19 housing - plastic GT20 housing - aluminum Antenna and process connection Device Antenna 1) FMR62 GE:
Integrated, PEEK, 3/4"
GF:
Integrated, PEEK, 1-1/2"
GM:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN50 GN:
PTFE cladded flush mount DN80 Weight Approx. 4.5 kg (9.9 lb) Approx. 1.2 kg (2.7 lb) Approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) Weight of antenna /
process connection Max. 1.5 kg (3.31 lb) + flange weight 2) Max. 2.3 kg (5.07 lb) + flange weight 2) Max. 1.7 kg (3.75 lb) + flange weight 2) Max. 2.9 kg (6.39 lb) + flange weight 2) 1) 2) Order code 070 For flange weights (316/316L) see Technical Information TI00426F. 50 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Materials: GT18 housing
(stainless steel, corrosion-
resistant) No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 3 4 Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0036037 Material CF3M similar to 316L/1.4404 Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Window: glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) M12 socket: 316L (1.4404) 6 7 8 Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal 9 Nameplate 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Plate: 316L (1.4404) Groove pin: A4 (1.4571) 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 51 2.112.25.25.1678934 Materials: GT19 housing
(plastic) Micropilot FMR62 No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 4 Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0013788 Material PBT Cover glass: PC Cover frame: PBT-PC Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: PBT Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 8 9 1) 2) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Screw: A2 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Adhesive nameplate Plastic For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. 52 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 2.112.25.25.167894 Micropilot FMR62 Materials: GT20 housing
(die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) Nr. Part 1 Housing, RAL 5012 (blue) 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 3 4 Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0036037 Material Housing: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Coating: Polyester Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Window: Glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug : Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 53 2.112.25.25.1678934 Micropilot FMR62 Material Screw: A2 Spring washer: A2 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Plastic Nr. Part 8 Ground terminal Adhesive nameplate 9 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Materials: antenna and process connection FMR62, integrated antenna No. Component part Material 1 2 3 4 5 Antenna Antenna adapter Housing adapter Housing seal Antenna: PEEK Antenna seal: Viton (FKM); KALREZ (FFKM) 316L / 1.4404 316L / 1.4404 EPDM Process connection 316L / 1.4404 FMR62; antenna cladded, flush mount A0032019 A0031815 No. Component part Material 1 2 3 4 Antenna Antenna adapter Housing adapter Housing seal PTFE Antenna seal: Viton (FKM) 316L / 1.4404 316L / 1.4404 EPDM 54 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 123451234561234512345 Micropilot FMR62 No. Component part 5 6 Process connection DIN11851 slotted nut Material 316L / 1.4404 , PTFE cladded 304L / 1.4307 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 55 Micropilot FMR62 A0015473 Materials: Weather protection cover No Part: Material 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protection cover: 316L (1.4404) Molded rubber part (4x): EPDM Clamping screw: 316L (1.4404) + carbon fibre Bracket: 316L (1.4404) Ground terminal Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Washer: A4 Cheese head screw: A4-70 56 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 123456 Micropilot FMR62 Operating concept Operability Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks Commissioning Operation Diagnostics Expert level Operating languages English Deutsch Franais Espaol Italiano Nederlands Portuguesa Polski
(Russian) Svenska Trke
(Chinese)
(Japanese)
(Korean) Bahasa Indonesia ting Vit (Vietnamese) etina (Czech) Feature 500 of the product structure determines which of these languages is preset on delivery. Quick and save commissioning Interactive wizard with graphical interface for easy commissioning via FieldCare/DeviceCare Menu guidance with brief explanations of the individual parameter functions Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools Integrated data storage device (HistoROM) Enables transfer of configuration when changing electronic modules Records up to 100 event messages in the device Records up to 1000 measured values in the device Saves the signal curve on commissioning which can later be used as a reference. Efficient diagnostics increase measurement reliability Remedy information is integrated in plain text Diverse simulation options and line recorder functions Integrated Bluetooth module (option for HART devices) Easy and fast setup via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (Fraunhofer-Institut, third party, tested) andpassword-protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 57 Local operation Operation with Order code for
"Display;
Operation"
Pushbuttons Option C "SD02"
Touch Control Option E "SD03"
Micropilot FMR62 Display elements 4-line display A0036312 A0036313 4-line display white background lighting; switches to red in event of device error Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individually configured Permitted ambient temperature for the display: 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Operating elements local operation with 3 push buttons (, , ) external operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , , Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas Additional functionality Data backup function The device configuration can be saved in the display module. Data comparison function The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current device configuration. Data transfer function The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display module. Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 FHX50 operating options A0036314 Display and operating module SD03, optical keys; can be operated through the glass of the cover Display and operating module SD02, push buttons; cover must be removed 23 1 2 58 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 12 Micropilot FMR62 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology Possibilities for remote operation via Bluetooth wireless technology A0034939 24 1 2 3 Transmitter power supply unit Smartphone / tablet with SmartBlue (app) Transmitter with Bluetooth wireless technology Remote operation Via HART protocol Options for remote operation via HART protocol A0036169 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC (programmable logic controller) Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor) Connection for Commubox FXA191, FXA195 and Field Communicator 375, 475 Field Communicator 475 Computer with operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare , AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) Commubox FXA191 (RS232) or FXA195 (USB) Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable Transmitter Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 59 123145796823 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) Micropilot FMR62 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) A0032466 26 1 2 3 Service interface (CDI) of the instrument (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) Commubox FXA291 Computer with DeviceCare/FieldCare operating tool 60 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 123 Micropilot FMR62 SupplyCare inventory management software SupplyCare is a web-based operating program for coordinating the flow of material and information along the supply chain. SupplyCare provides a comprehensive overview of the levels of geographically distributed tanks and silos, for instance, providing complete transparency over the current inventory situation, regardless of time and location. Based on the measuring and transmission technology installed onsite, the current inventory data are collected and sent to SupplyCare. Critical levels are clearly indicated and calculated forecasts provide additional security for material requirements planning. The main functions of SupplyCare:
Inventory visualization SupplyCare determines the inventory levels in tanks and silos at regular intervals. It displays current and historical inventory data and calculated forecasts of future demand. The overview page can be configured to suit the user's preferences. Master data management With SupplyCare you can create and manage the master data for locations, companies, tanks, products and users, as well as user authorization. Report Configurator The Report Configurator can be used to create personalized reports quickly and easily. The reports can be saved in a variety of formats, such as Excel, PDF, CSV and XML. The reports can be transmitted in many ways, such as by http, ftp or e-mail. Event management Events, such as when levels drop below the safety stock level or plan points, are indicated by the software. In addition, SupplyCare can also notify pre-defined users by e-mail. Alarms If technical problems occur, e.g. connection issues, alarms are triggered and alarm e-mails are sent to the System Administrator and the Local System Administrator. Delivery planning The integrated delivery planning function automatically generates an order proposal if a pre-set minimum inventory level is undershot. Scheduled deliveries and disposals are monitored continuously by SupplyCare. SupplyCare notifies the user if scheduled deliveries and disposals are not going to be met as planned. Analysis In the Analysis module, the most important indicators for the inflow and outflow of the individual tanks are calculated and displayed as data and charts. Key indicators of material management are automatically calculated and form the basis for optimizing the delivery and storage process. Geographical visualization All the tanks and the tank inventories are represented graphically on a map (based on Google Maps). The tanks and inventory situations can be filtered by tank group, product, supplier or location. Multi-language support The multi-language user interface supports 9 languages, thereby enabling global collaboration on a single platform. The language and settings are recognized automatically using the browser settings. SupplyCare Enterprise SupplyCare Enterprise runs by default as a service under Microsoft Windows on an application server in an Apache Tomcat environment. The operators and administrators operate the application via a Web browser from their workstations. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 61 Micropilot FMR62 A0034288 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B SupplyCare Enterprise (via Web browser) SupplyCare Enterprise installation SupplyCare Enterprise on mobile devices (via Web browser) Ethernet/WLAN/UMTS Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop 62 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 6.10913465872 Micropilot FMR62 Cloud-based application: SupplyCare Hosting SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (software as a service). Here, the software is installed within the Endress+Hauser IT infrastructure and made available to the user in the Endress
+Hauser portal. A0034289 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 SupplyCare Hosting installation in Endress+Hauser data center PC workstation with Internet connection 28 1 2 3 Warehouse locations with Internet connection via 2G/3G with FXA42 or FXA30 4 Warehouse locations with Internet connection with FXA42 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC With SupplyCare Hosting, users do not need to make the initial software purchase or install and run the IT infrastructure needed. Endress+Hauser constantly update SupplyCare Hosting and enhance the capability of the software in conjunction with the customer. The hosted version of SupplyCare is thus always up-to-date and can be customized to meet different customer requirements. Other services are also offered in addition to the IT infrastructure and the software that is installed in a secure, redundant Endress+Hauser data center. These services include defined availability of the global Endress+Hauser Service and Support Organization and defined response times in a service event. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 63 6.10913465872WWW CE mark RoHS RCM-Tick marking Ex approval Micropilot FMR62 Certificates and approvals Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the product configurator. The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the applicable EC guidelines. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity together with the standards applied. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. The measuring system complies with the substance restrictions of the Restriction on Hazardous Substances Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2). The supplied product or measuring system meets the ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements for network integrity, interoperability, performance characteristics as well as health and safety regulations. Here, especially the regulatory arrangements for electromagnetic compatibility are met. The products are labelled with the RCM- Tick marking on the name plate. A0029561 ATEX IECEx CSA FM NEPSI KC INMETRO TIIS 5) EAC Additional safety instructions must be followed for use in hazardous areas. Please refer to the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document included in the delivery. Reference to the applicable XA can be found on the nameplate. For details on the available certificates and associated XAs: 83 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 The devices have been designed according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 as dual seal devices, allowing the user to waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC) These instruments comply with the North-American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-
saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Further information can be found in the Safety Instructions (XA) of the relevant devices. Functional safety Use for level monitoring (MIN, MAX, range) up to SIL 3 (homogeneous or diverse redundancy), independently evaluated by TV Rheinland in accordance with IEC 61508, refer to the "Functional Safety Manual" for information. WHG WHG approval: No. requested Hygienic compatibility FMR62 with flange cladding made of PTFE complies with FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 and USP <88> Class VI. 5) in preparation 64 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 3A and EHEDG approval for versions with Tri-Clamp and DIN11851 process connections. 6) To avoid any risk of contamination, install the device according to the Hygienic Equipment Design Criteria (HDC) which was published by the Subgroup "Design Principles" of the EHEDG on April 8 2004. Suitable fittings and seals must be used to ensure hygiene-compliant design according to the specifications of 3-A SSI and EHEDG. The gap-free connections can be cleaned of all residue using the usual cleaning methods within this industry. The 316L housing (GT18), option B in order feature 40, is not suitable for use in applications which require a 3A approval. NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156 The wetted, metal materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156. Declaration of Conformity: see the product structure, feature 580, version JB NACE MR 0103 The wetted, metal materials comply with the requirements of NACE MR 0103. The Declaration of Conformity is based on NACE MR 0175. The hardness and intergranular corrosion have been tested, and heat treatment (solution annealed) has been performed. The materials used therefore meet the requirements of NACE MR 0103. Declaration of Conformity: see the product structure, feature 580, version JE. Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) Pressure instruments with a flange and threaded boss that do not have a pressurized housing do not fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive, irrespective of the maximum allowable pressure. Reasons:
According to Article 2, point 5 of EU Directive 2014/68/EU, pressure accessories are defined as
"devices with an operational function and having pressure-bearing housings". If a pressure instrument does not have a pressure-bearing housing (no identifiable pressure chamber of its own), there is no pressure accessory present within the meaning of the Directive. Marine approval Device Marine approval 1) LG:
LR marine approval LH:
BV marine approval LF:
ABS marine approval FMR62 1) See order code for 590 "Additional approval"
LJ:
DNV GL marine approval Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 The devices FMR62 with antenna 40 mm / 2" integrated PEEK, comply with the Level Probing Radar
(LPR) radio standard EN 302729-1/2. The devices FMR62 with antenna 40 mm / 2" integrated PEEK, are approved for unrestricted use inside and outside closed containers in countries of the EU and the EFTA . that have already implemented this standard. The following countries are those that have currently implemented the directive:
Belgium, Bulgaria, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, UK, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Latvia, Malta, The Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Spain, Czech Republic and Cyprus. Implementation is still underway in all of the countries not listed. Please note the following for operation of the devices outside of closed vessels:
1. 2. Installation must be carried out by properly trained, expert staff. The device antenna must be installed in a fixed location pointing vertically downwards. 6) EHEDG pending Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 65 Micropilot FMR62 3. The installation site must be located at a distance of 4 km from the astronomy stations listed below or otherwise approval must be provided by the relevant authority. If the device is installed at a distance of 4 to 40 km from one of the listed stations, it must not be installed at a height of more than 15 m (49 ft) above the ground. Astronomy stations Country Name of the station Germany Finland Effelsberg Metshovi Tuorla France Plateau de Bure Great Britain Italy Poland Russia Floirac Cambridge Damhall Jodrell Bank Knockin Pickmere Medicina Noto Sardinia Fort Skala Krakow Dmitrov Kalyazin Pushchino Zelenchukskaya Sweden Switzerland Spain Hungary Onsala Bleien Yebes Robledo Penc Latitude 5031'32" North 6013'04" North 6024'56" North 4438'01" North 4450'10" North 5209'59" North 5309'22" North 5314'10" North 5247'24" North 5317'18" North 4431'14" North 3652'34" North 3929'50" North 5003'18" North 5626'00" North 5713'22" North 5449'00" North 4349'53" North 5723'45" North 4720'26" North 4031'27" North 4025'38" North 4747'22" North Longitude 0653'00" East 2423'37" East 2426'31" East 0554'26" East 0031'37" West 0002'20" East 0232'03" West 0218'26" West 0259'45" West 0226'38" West 1138'49" East 1459'21" East 0914'40" East 1949'36" East 3727'00" East 3754'01" East 3740'00" East 4135'32" East 1155'35" East 0806'44" East 0305'22" West 0414'57" West 1916'53" East As a general rule, the requirements outlined in EN 302729-1/2 must be observed. The devices comply with the Tanks Level Probing Radar (TLPR) radio standard EN 302372-1/2 and are approved for use in closed containers. For installation, points a to f in Annex B of EN 302372-1 must be taken into consideration. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The devices are compliant with the FCC Code of Federal Regulations, CFR 47, Part 15, Sections 15.205, 15.207, 15.209. In addition, the devices are compliant with Section 15.256 . For these LPR (Level Probe Radar) applications the devices must be professionally installed in a downward operating position. In addition, the devices are not allowed to be mounted in a zone of 4 km around RAS stations and within a radius of 40 km around RAS stations the maxium operation height of devices is 15 m (49 ft) above ground. Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 FCC 66 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Industry Canada Canada CNR-Gen Section 7.1.3 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The installation of the LPR/TLPR device shall be done by trained installers, in strict compliance with the manufacturers instructions. The use of this device is on a no-interference, no-protection basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. However, devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the users expense. This device shall be installed and operated in a completely enclosed container to prevent RF emissions, which can otherwise interfere with aeronautical navigation. The installer/user of this device shall ensure that it is at least 10 km from the Dominion Astrophysical Radio Observatory (DRAO) near Penticton, British Columbia. The coordinates of the DRAO are latitude 491915 N and longitude 1193712 W. For devices not meeting this 10 km separation (e.g., those in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia,) the installer/user must coordinate with, and obtain the written concurrence of, the Director of the DRAO before the equipment can be installed or operated. The Director of the DRAO may be contacted at 250-497-2300 (tel.) or 250-497-2355 (fax). (Alternatively, the Manager, Regulatory Standards Industry Canada, may be contacted.) The model FMR62T is a submodel of the FMR62 that fulfills the requirements for use as TLPR (Tank Level Probe Radar). The Model FMR62L is a submodel of the FMR62. "L" indicates the unique option GF of the feature 070 ("Antenna") that fullfills the requirements for use as LPR (Level Probe Radar). CRN approval Some device versions have CRN approval. Devices are CRN approved if the following two conditions are met:
The device has a CSA approval (product structure: feature 010 "Approval") The device has a CRN-approved process connection as per the following table:
Feature 100 in the product structure Process connection AFK AGK AHK AJK ATK MRK MTK RGJ TDK NPS 2" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 3" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 6" Cl.150, PTFE >316/316L NPS 4" Cl.300, PTFE>316/316L DIN11851 DN50 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L DIN11851 DN80 PN25 slotted nut, PTFE>316L Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN51 (2"), PTFE>316L Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 67 Micropilot FMR62 Feature 100 in the product structure TFK THK Process connection Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN70-76.1 (3"), PTFE>316L 1) Tri-Clamp ISO2852 DN101.6 (4"), PTFE>316L 1) 1) The CRN certificate applies in a limited pressure range; see the following table. Process connections that do not have CRN approval are not listed in this table. Please refer to the product structure to discover which process connections are available for a specific device type. CRN-approved devices bear the registration number (tbd.) on the nameplate. An additional pressure restriction applies for the device versions listed in the table below if they are CRN-approved. The pressure range indicated in the "Process" section 39 continues to apply for device versions not listed in the table below (in preparation). 68 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Test, certificate Feature 580 "Test, certificate"
Description JA JB JD JE JF JG JJ JK JL KE KI KV 3.1 Material certificate, wetted metal parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Declaration of Conformity NACE MR0175, wetted metal parts 3.1 Material certificate, pressurized parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Declaration of Conformity NACE MR0103, wetted metal parts Declaration of Conformity AD2000, wetted metal parts:
Material conformity for all metal wetted/pressurized parts according to AD2000 (data sheets W2, W9, W10) Declaration of Conformity AD2000, pressurized metal parts Declaration of Conformity FDA Declaration of Conformity, TSE Certificate of Suitability Declaration of Conformity EC1935/2004 Pressure test, internal procedure, inspection certificate PMI test (XRF), internal procedure, inspection certificate Declaration of Conformity ASME B31.3:
The construction, the material used, the pressure and temperature ranges and the labeling of the devices meet the requirements of ASME B31.3 Test reports, declarations and inspection certificates are available in electronic format in the W@M Device Viewer:
Enter the serial number from nameplate (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) This concerns the options for the following order codes:
550 "Calibration"
580 "Test, certificate"
590 "Additional approval", option LW: "CoC-ASME BPE"
Hard-copy product documentation Hard-copy versions of the test reports, declarations and inspection certificates can also be order via order code 570 "Service", option I7 "Hard-copy product documentation". The documents are then supplied with the product. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 69 Micropilot FMR62 Other standards and guidelines Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 60529 EN 61010-1 IEC/EN 61326 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 53 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control and Laboratory Use
"Emission in accordance with Class A requirements". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements). NAMUR NE 21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output signal. Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics NAMUR NE 107 NAMUR NE 131 Status classification as per NE107 Requirements for field devices for standard applications. IEC61508 Functional safety of safety-related electric/electronic/programmable electronic systems 70 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Ordering information Ordering information Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com -> Click "Corporate"
-> Select your country -> Click "Products" -> Select the product using the filters and search field ->
Open product page -> The "Configure" button to the right of the product image opens the Product Configurator. From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.addresses.endress.com Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration Up-to-the-minute configuration data Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as measuring range or operating language Automatic verification of exclusion criteria Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 71 3-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F3 (3-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 3 points of the linearity protocol are defined as follows:
Micropilot FMR62 Points of the 3-point linearity protocol; engineering unit: mm (in) A0032285 29 A R 1 2 3 Distance from the reference point R to the first measuring point Reference point of measurement First measuring point Second measuring point (in the middle between the first and third measuring point) Third measuring point Measuring point 1st measuring point 2nd measuring point 3rd measuring point Position At a distance A from the reference point A = length of antenna + 500 mm (19.7 in) Minimum distance: Amin = 1 000 mm (39.4 in) In the middle between the 1st and 3rd measuring point 6 000 mm (236 in) below the reference point R The position of the measuring points can vary by 1 cm (0.04 in). The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. 72 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser RA500 (19.7)6000 (236)132 Micropilot FMR62 5-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F4 (5-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 5 points of the linearity protocol are evenly distributed over the measuring range (0% - 100%). Empty calibration (E) and Full calibration (F) must be specified in order to define the measuring range 7). The following restrictions must be considered when selecting E and F:
A0032286 Minimum distance between reference point R and 100% mark Minimum span Maximum value for "Empty calibration"
A length of antenna + 200 mm (8 in) Minimum value: 400 mm (16 in) F 400 mm (16 in) E 24 m (79 ft) The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. The selected values for Empty calibration and Full calibration are only used to create the linearity protocol. Afterwards, the values are reset to the default values specific for the antenna. If values other than the default values are required, they must be ordered as a customized parameterization 74. 7) If (E) and (F) are not specified, antenna-dependent default values will be used instead. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 73 RAFE Customer-specific configuration If the option IJ: "Customized parameterization HART", IK "Customized parameterization PA" or IL
"Customized parameterization FF" has been selected in feature 570 "Service", presettings that differ from the default settings can be selected for the following parameters:
Micropilot FMR62 Parameters Setup Unit of length Setup Empty calibration Setup Full calibration Communication protocol Picklist / range of values HART PA FF HART PA FF HART PA FF in ft mm m max. 70 m (230 ft) max. <70 m (230 ft) Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Damping HART 0 to 999.9 s Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Failure mode HART Expert Comm. HART config. Burst mode HART Min Max Last valid value Off On Tagging (TAG) Ordering feature Option Position of the measuring point marking 895: Marking Z1: Tagging (TAG), see additional spec. To be selected in the additional specifications:
Tag plate Stainless Steel Self-adhesive paper label Supplied label/plate RFID TAG RFID TAG + Tag plate Stainless Steel RFID TAG + Self-adhesive paper label RFID TAG + Supplied label/plate Definition of the measuring point designation Designation in the Electronic Name Plate (ENP) Designation on the display module To be defined in the additional specifications:
3 lines containing up to 18 characters each The measuring point designation appears on the selected label and/or the RFID TAG. The first 32 characters of the measuring point designation The first 12 characters of the measuring point designation The following services can be selected via the product structure in the Product Configurator 8):
PWIS-free (PWIS = paint-wetting impairment substances) Customized parameterization HART 74 Customized parameterization PA 74 Customized parameterization FF 74 W/o tooling DVD (FieldCare) Hard-copy product documentation Services 8) Feature 570 in the product structure 74 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Heartbeat Diagnostics Application Packages Availability Available in all device versions. Function Continuous self-monitoring of the device. Diagnostic messages output to the local display. an asset management system (e.g. FieldCare/DeviceCare). an automation system (e.g. PLC). Advantages Device condition information is available immediately and processed in time. The status signals are classified in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR recommendation NE 107 and contain information about the cause of the error and remedial action. Detailed description See Operating Instructions of the device ( 83); chapter "Diagnostics and trouble shooting"
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 75 Heartbeat Verification Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification Micropilot FMR62 Device functionality checked on demand Verification of the correct functioning of the measuring device within specifications. The verification result provides information about the condition of the device: Passed or Failed. The results are documented in a verification report. The automatically generated report supports the obligation to demonstrate compliance with internal and external regulations, laws and standards. Verification is possible without interrupting the process. Advantages No onsite presence is required to use the function. The DTM 9) triggers verification in the device and interprets the results. No specific knowledge is required on the part of the user. The verification report can be used to prove quality measures to a third party. Heartbeat Verification can replace other maintenance tasks (e.g. periodic check) or extend the test intervals. SIL/WHG-locked devices 10) The Heartbeat Verification module contains a wizard for the proof test which must be performed at appropriate intervals for the following applications:
SIL (IEC61508/IEC61511) WHG (German Water Resources Act) To perform a proof test, the device must be locked (SIL/WHG locking). The wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. In the case of SIL-locked and WHG-locked devices, it is not possible to perform verification without additional measures (e.g. by-passing of the output current) because the output current must be simulated (Increased safety mode) or the level must be approached manually (Expert mode) during subsequent re-locking (SIL/WHG locking). Detailed description SD01870F DTM: Device Type Manager; controls device operation via DeviceCare, FieldCare or a DTM-based process control system. 9) 10) Only relevant for devices with SIL or WHG approval: order code 590 ("Additional approval"), option LA ("SIL") or LC ("WHG"). 76 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Heartbeat Monitoring Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring Function In addition to the verification parameters, the corresponding parameter values are also logged. Existing measured variables, such as the echo amplitude, are used in the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards.
"Foam detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Foam detection wizard. This wizard is used to configure automatic foam detection, which detects foam on the product surface on the basis of the reduced signal amplitude. Foam detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a sprinkler system, for example, which dissolves the foam. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system.
"Build-up detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Build-up detection wizard. The wizard is used to configure automatic buildup detection, which detects the buildup of deposits on the antenna on the basis of the increased area of the coupling signal. Buildup detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a compressed air system, for example, to clean the antenna. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. Advantages Early detection of changes (trends) to ensure plant availability and product quality. Use of information for the proactive planning of measures (e.g. cleaning/maintenance). Identification of undesirable process conditions as the basis to optimizing the facility and the processes. Automated control of measures to remove foam or buildup. Detailed description SD01870F Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 77 Accessories Device-specific accessories Weather protection cover Accessory Description Weather protection cover Micropilot FMR62 A0015466 A0015472 30 Weather protection cover; Dimensions: mm (in) The weather protection cover can be ordered together with the device (product structure, feature 620 "Accessory Enclosed", option PB "Weather Protection Cover"). Alternatively, it can be separately ordered as an accessory; order code 71162242. 78 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser 222 (8.74)300 (11.8)275 (10.8)255.1 (10)156(6.14)38(1.5)164 (6.46)54(2.13)356555 Micropilot FMR62 Remote display FHX50 Accessories Description Remote display FHX50 A0019128 Material:
Plastic PBT 316L/1.4404 Aluminum SD02 (push buttons) SD03 (touch control) Connecting cable:
Degree of protection: IP68 / NEMA 6P and IP66 / NEMA 4x Suitable for display modules:
Cable supplied with device up to 30 m (98 ft) Standard cable supplied by customer up to 60 m (196 ft) Ambient temperature range: 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Ambient temperature range (option): 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) If the remote display should be used, order the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" (feature 030, version L or M). For the FHX50, you must select option A: "Prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050 "Measuring device version". If the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" was not originally ordered and a FHX50 display is to be retrofitted, you must select version B "Not prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050: "Measuring device version" when ordering the FHX50. In this case, a retrofit kit for the device is supplied with the FHX50. The kit can be used to prepare the device so that the FHX50 can be used. Use of the FHX50 may be restricted for transmitters with an approval. A device can only be retrofitted with the FHX50 if the option L or M ("Prepared for FHX50") is listed under Basic specifications, item 4 "Display, operation" in the Safety Instructions (XA) for the device. Also pay attention to the Safety Instructions (XA) of the FHX50. Retrofitting is not possible on transmitters with:
An approval for use in areas with flammable dust (dust ignition-proof approval) Ex nA type of protection For details, see document SD01007F. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), failure rates may be increased. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 79 1.3.2.4. Micropilot FMR62 Overvoltage protection Accessory Description Overvoltage protection for 2-wire-devices OVP10 (1 channel) OVP20 (2 channel) A0021734 Technical data Resistance per channel: 2 * 0.5 max Threshold DC voltage: 400 to 700 V Threshold impulse voltage: < 800 V Capacitance at 1 MHz: < 1.5 pF Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s): 10 kA Suited for wire cross-sections: 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Ordering with device The overvoltage protection module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610
"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Separate ordering of the module is only necessary if a device is to retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Order code for retrofitting For 1-channel devices (feature 020, option A) For 2-channel devices (feature 020, option B, C, E or G) OVP10: 71128617 OVP20 : 71128619 Hosuing lid for retrofitting In order to keep the necessary safety distances, the housing lid needs to be replaced if the device is retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Depending on the housing type, the order code of the suitable lid is as follows:
GT18 housing: Lid 71185516 GT19 housing: Lid 71185518 GT20 housing: Lid 71185516 Restrictions for retrofitting Depending on the approval of the transmitter the usage of the OVP module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with an OVP module if the option NA (overvoltage protection) is quoted unter Optional Specifications in the Safety Instructions (XA) pertaining to the device. For details refer to SD01090F. Gas-tight feedthrough Accessories Description Gas-tight feedthrough Chemically inert glass feedthrough; prevents gases from entering the electronics housing To order with the device: product structure, feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NC "Gas-tight feedthrough"
80 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Communication-specific accessories Accessory Description Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to Technical Information TI00404F Accessory Description Commubox FXA291 Connects Endress+Hauser field devices with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a computer. Order code: 51516983 For details refer to Technical Information TI00405C Accessory Description HART Loop Converter HMX50 Evaluates the dynamic HART variables and converts them to analog current signals or limit values. Order code: 71063562 For details refer to Technical Information TI00429F and Operating Instructions BA00371F Accessory Description WirelessHART Adapter SWA70 Connects field devices to a WirelessHART network. The WirelessHART adapter can be mounted directly at a HART device and is easly integrated into an existing HART network. It ensures safe data transmission and can be operated in parallel with other wireless networks. For details refer to Operating Instructions BA00061S Accessories Description Connect Sensor FXA30/FXA30B Fully integrated, battery-powered gateway for simple applications with SupplyCare Hosting. Up to 4 field devices with 4 to 20 mA communication (FXA30/FXA30B), serial Modbus
(FXA30B) or HART (FXA30B) can be connected. With its robust design and ability to run for years on the battery, it is ideal for remote monitoring in isolated locations. Version with LTE
(USA, Canada and Mexico only) or 3G mobile transmission for worldwide communication. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01356S and Operating Instructions BA01710S. Accessories Description Fieldgate FXA42 Fieldgates enable communication between connected 4 to 20 mA, Modbus RS485 and Modbus TCP devices and SupplyCare Hosting or SupplyCare Enterprise. The signals are transmitted either via Ethernet TCP/IP, WLAN or mobile communications (UMTS). Advanced automation capabilities are available, such as an integrated Web-PLC, OpenVPN and other functions. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01297S and Operating Instructions BA01778S. Accessories Description SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42. This Web-based software is installed on a local server and can also be visualized and operated with mobile terminals such as a smartphone or tablet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01228S and Operating Instructions BA00055S Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 81 Micropilot FMR62 Accessories Description SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42, FXA30 and FXA30B. SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (Software as a Service, SaaS). In the Endress+Hauser portal, the user is provided with the data over the Internet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01229S and Operating Instructions BA00050S. Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX350 Field Xpert SFX350 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX370 Field Xpert SFX370 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area and the Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Service-specific accessories Accessory Description DeviceCare SFE100 Configuration tool for HART, PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices Technical Information TI01134S DeviceCare is available for download at www.software-products.endress.com. The download requires a registration in the Endress+Hauser software portal. Alternatively, a DeviceCare DVD can be ordered with the device. Product structure: Feature 570 "Service", Option IV "Tooling DVD (DeviceCare Setup)". FieldCare SFE500 FDT-based Plant Asset Management tool. Helps to configure and maintain all field devices of your plant. By supplying status information it also supports the diagnosis of the devices. Technical Information TI00028S System components Accessory Description Graphic Data Manager Memograph M RN221N RNS221 The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB stick. For details refer to Technical Information TI00133R and Operating Instructions BA00247R Active barrier with power supply for safe separation of 4 to 20 mA current circuits. Provides bi-directional HART transmission. For details refer to Technical Information TI00073R and Operating Instructions BA00202R Transmitter supply for 2-wire sensors or transmitters exclusively for non-Ex areas. Provides bi-directional communication using the HART communication sockets. For details refer to Technical Information TI00081R and Operating Instructions KA00110R 82 V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser Micropilot FMR62 Supplementary documentation For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to the following:
The W@M Device Viewer: enter the serial number from the nameplate
(www.endress.com/deviceviewer) The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate or scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate. The following document types are available:
In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser Internet site: www.endress.com Downloads Standard documentation Micropilot FMR62 Correlation of documentations to the device:
Communication Device Power supply, output 1) A, B, C, K, L FMR62 Document type Document code HART Operating Instructions BA01619F Brief Operating Instructions KA01252F Description of device parameters GP01101F 1) Feature 020 in the product structure Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They are an integral part of the Operating Instructions. The nameplate indicates the Safety Instructions (XA) that are relevant to the device. Feature 010 Approval ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2/3G Ex ia/ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ec IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 1/2/3G Ex ia/ec [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01549F B 2) XA01549F C 3) XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01552F XA01552F XA01552F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6, Ga/Gb 1/2D Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db XA01556F XA01556F XA01556F ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D CSA DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G [Ex ia]
CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Ex ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 [Ex ia]
CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Zn0/1, NI Cl.I Div.2 [Ex ia]
CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, Ex ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 [Ex ia]
FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 XA01553F XA01553F XA01553F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F FM XP-IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, Zn0/1, DIP-IS Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F FM DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 EAC 0Ex ia IIC T6...T3 Ga X XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F BA BB BC BD BG BH BL B2 B3 B4 CB CD C2 C3 C5 FA FB FD FE FF GA Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 83 Micropilot FMR62 Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01617F B 2) XA01617F C 3) XA01617F XA01618F XA01618F XA01618F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01552F XA01552F XA01552F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F XA01556F XA01556F XA01556F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01553F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01726F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01620F XA01620F XA01620F XA01622F XA01622F XA01622F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01627F XA01627F XA01627F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01629F XA01629F XA01629F Feature 010 Approval EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6...T3 X EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6...T3 X IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb IEC Ex ia/ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc IEC Ex ec IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ic IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ia/ec [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex nA IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ic IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ec IIC T6 Gc INMETRO Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex nA IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex iaD 20/21 T85 GB GC IA IB IC ID IG IH IL I2 I3 I4 JA JB JC JG JH J2 J3 J4 KA KB KC MA MB MC MG MH NA NB NC NG NH N2 N3 8A
* 4) NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex tD A20/A21 IP6X T85C XA01630F XA01630F XA01630F FM/CSA IS+XP-IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AIS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F 1) 2) 3) 4) 84 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA in preparation V. 4, Rev. 2, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser
*71394729*
71394729 www.addresses.endress.com
1 | User Manual 3 | Users Manual | 2.69 MiB |
TI01304F/00/EN/04.18 71394735 Products Solutions Services Technical Information Micropilot FMR67 Freistrahlendes Radar Fllstandmessung in Schttgtern Application Continuous, non-contact level measurement of bulk solids ranging from powdery to lumpy PTFE drip-off antenna or PTFE-plated, flush-mounted antenna Maximum measuring range: 125 m (410 ft) Temperature: 40 to +200 C (40 to +392 F) Pressure: 1 to +16 bar (14.5 to +232 psi) Accuracy: 3 mm (0.12 in) Linearity protocol (3-point, 5-point) Your benefits Innovative drip-off antenna made of PTFE Reliable measurement thanks to improved focusing and small beam angle, particularly in silos with many internal fittings Safety by design - ensures highest safety Easy, guided commissioning with intuitive user interface Bluetooth wireless technology for commissioning, operation and maintenance via free iOS / Android app SmartBlue Maximum reliability thanks to multi-echo tracking HistoROM configuration memory makes for easier commissioning, maintenance and diagnostics Purge air connection for cleaning in extreme conditions Alignment device for easy adaptation of sensor SIL2 as per IEC 61508, SIL3 for homogeneous or diverse redundancy Easy proof testing for SIL RFID TAG - easy identification of measuring points for improved data access Heartbeat Technology DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Table of contents Important document information . 4 Safety symbols . 4 Electrical symbols . 4 Symbols for certain types of information . 4 Symbols in graphics . 4 Symbols at the device . 5 Storage temperature . 33 Climate class . 33 Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 . 34 Degree of protection . 34 Vibration resistance . 34 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . 34 Terms and abbreviations . 6 Registered trademarks . 7 Function and system design . 8 Measuring principle . 8 Input . 9 Measured variable . 9 Measuring range . 9 Operating frequency . 9 Transmission power . 9 Output . 10 Output signal . 10 Signal on alarm . 11 Linearization . 11 Galvanic isolation . 11 Protocol-specific data . 11 Power supply . 13 Terminal assignment . 13 Device plug connectors . 17 Supply voltage . 18 Power consumption . 19 Current consumption . 19 Power supply failure . 19 Potential equalization . 19 Cable entries . 20 Cable specification . 20 Overvoltage protection . 20 Performance characteristics . 21 Reference operating conditions . 21 Reference accuracy . 21 Measured value resolution . 21 Response time . 22 Influence of ambient temperature . 22 Installation . 23 Installation conditions . 23 Installation: Drip-off antenna PTFE 50 mm / 2" . 28 Installation: flush mount antenna . 29 Purge air connection for FMR67 . 30 Container with heat insulation . 31 Environment . 32 Ambient temperature range . 32 Ambient temperature limits . 32 Process . 35 Process temperature, process pressure . 35 Dielectric constant . 37 Mechanical construction . 38 Dimensions . 38 Weight . 49 Materials: GT18 housing (stainless steel, corrosion-
resistant) . 50 Materials: GT19 housing (plastic) . 51 Materials: GT20 housing (die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) . 52 Materials: antenna and process connection . 53 Materials: Weather protection cover . 55 Operability . 56 Operating concept . 56 Local operation . 57 Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 . 57 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology . 58 Remote operation . 58 SupplyCare inventory management software . 60 Certificates and approvals . 63 CE mark . 63 RoHS . 63 RCM-Tick marking . 63 Ex approval . 63 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 . 63 Functional safety . 63 WHG . 63 Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) . 63 Marine approval . 64 Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 . 64 Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 . 65 FCC . 65 Industry Canada . 65 CRN approval . 65 Test, certificate . 67 Hard-copy product documentation . 67 Other standards and guidelines . 68 Ordering information . 69 Ordering information . 69 3-point linearity protocol . 70 5-point linearity protocol . 71 Customer-specific configuration . 72 Tagging (TAG) . 72 Services . 72 2 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Application Packages . 73 Heartbeat Diagnostics . 73 Heartbeat Verification . 74 Heartbeat Monitoring . 75 Accessories . 76 Device-specific accessories . 76 Communication-specific accessories . 82 Service-specific accessories . 83 System components . 83 Supplementary documentation . 84 Standard documentation . 84 Safety Instructions (XA) . 84 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 3 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Important document information Micropilot FMR67 Safety symbols Symbol Meaning DANGER!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation will result in serious or fatal injury. WARNING!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in serious or fatal injury. CAUTION!
This symbol alerts you to a dangerous situation. Failure to avoid this situation can result in minor or medium injury. NOTE!
This symbol contains information on procedures and other facts which do not result in personal injury. Electrical symbols Symbol Meaning Symbols for certain types of information Symbol Direct current Alternating current Direct current and alternating current Ground connection A grounded terminal which, as far as the operator is concerned, is grounded via a grounding system. Protective Earth (PE) A terminal which must be connected to ground prior to establishing any other connections. The ground terminals are situated inside and outside the device:
Inner ground terminal: Connects the protectiv earth to the mains supply. Outer ground terminal: Connects the device to the plant grounding system. Meaning Permitted Procedures, processes or actions that are permitted. Preferred Procedures, processes or actions that are preferred. Forbidden Procedures, processes or actions that are forbidden. Tip Indicates additional information. Reference to documentation. Symbols in graphics Reference to page. Reference to graphic. Visual inspection. Symbol 1, 2, 3 ...
,
, A, B, C, ... Meaning Item numbers Series of steps Views 4 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDANGERWARNINGCAUTIONNOTICEA1.2.3. Micropilot FMR67 Symbol Meaning A-A, B-B, C-C, ... Sections Hazardous area Indicates a hazardous area. Safe area (non-hazardous area) Indicates the non-hazardous area. Symbols at the device Symbol Meaning Safety instructions Observe the safety instructions contained in the associated Operating Instructions. Temperature resistance of the connection cables Specifies the minimum value of the temperature resistance of the connection cables. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 5 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT-. Micropilot FMR67 Terms and abbreviations Term/abbreviation Explanation BA KA TI SD XA PN MWP ToF FieldCare DeviceCare DTM DD DC Operating tool Document type "Operating Instructions"
Document type "Brief Operating Instructions"
Document type "Technical Information"
Document type "Special Documentation"
Document type "Safety Instructions"
Nominal pressure Maximum Working Pressure The MWP can also be found on the nameplate. Time of Flight Scalable software tool for device configuration and integrated plant asset management solutions Universal configuration software for Endress+Hauser HART, PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus and Ethernet field devices Device Type Manager Device Description for HART communication protocol Relative dielectric constant r The term "operating tool" is used in place of the following operating software:
FieldCare / DeviceCare, for operation via HART communication and PC BD Blocking Distance; no signals are analyzed within the BD. 6 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Registered trademarks HART Registered trademark of the HART Communication Foundation, Austin, USA Bluetooth The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Endress+Hauser is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Apple Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.and other countries. App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc. Android Android, Google Play and the Google Play logo are trademarks of Google Inc. KALREZ, VITON Registered trademark of DuPont Performance Elastomers L.L.C., Wilmington, USA TEFLON Registered trademark of E.I. DuPont de Nemours & Co., Wilmington, USA Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 7 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Function and system design Measuring principle The Micropilot is a "downward-looking" measuring system, operating based on the frequency modulated continuous wave method (FMCW). The antenna emits an electromagnetic wave at a continuously varying frequency. This wave is reflected by the product and received again by the antenna. 1 R D FMCW principle: transmission and reflection of the continuous wave Reference point of measurement Distance between reference point and product surface The frequency of this wave is modulated in the form of a sawtooth signal between two limit frequencies f1 and f2:
A0032017 A0023771 2 1 2 FMCW principle: result of frequency modulation Transmitted signal Received signal This results in the following difference frequency at any time between the transmitted signal and the received signal:
f = k t where t is the run time and k is the specified increase in frequency modulation. t is given by the distance D between the reference point R and the product surface:
D = (c t) / 2 where c is the speed of propagation of the wave. In summary, D can be calculated from the measured difference frequency f. D is then used to determine the content of the tank or silo. 8 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRft12f2f1tf Micropilot FMR67 Input Measured variable The measured variable is the distance between the reference point and the product surface. The level is calculated based on "E", the empty distance entered. Optionally, the level can be converted to other variables (volume, mass) by linearization (32 value pairs). Measuring range Maximum measuring range Device FMR67 Antenna 1) GA:
Drip-off, PTFE 50 mm / 2"
GP:
PTFE flush mount 80 mm / 3"
1) Feature 070 in the product structure Maximum measuring range 50 m (164 ft) 125 m (410 ft) Usable measuring range The usable measuring range depends on the antenna size, the medium's reflective properties, the installation position and any possible interference reflections. Operating frequency Approx. 80 GHz Up to 8 devices can be installed in the same tank without interfering with each other. Transmission power Peak power: 6.3 mW Average output power: 63 W Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 9 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Output signal Output HART Signal coding Data transmission rate Galvanic isolation FSK 0.5 mA over current signal 1 200 Bit/s Yes Bluetooth wireless technology Device version Ordering feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NF "Bluetooth"
Operation / configuration By the SmartBlue app. Range under reference conditions > 10 m (33 ft) Encryption Switch output Encrypted communication and password encryption prevent incorrect operation by unauthorized persons. For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
Switch output Function Switching behavior Open collector switching output Binary (conductive or non-conductive), switches when the programmable switch point is reached Failure mode Electrical connection values U = 16 to 35 VDC, I = 0 to 40 mA Internal resistance non-conductive RI < 880 The voltage drop at this internal resistance has to be taken into account on planning the configuration. For example, the resulting voltage at a connected relay must be sufficient to switch the relay. floating, Insulation voltage 1 350 VDC to power supply aund 500 VAC to ground freely programmable, separately for switch-on and switch-off point freely programmable from 0 to 100 s, separately for switch-on and switch-off point Insulation voltage Switch point Switching delay Number of switching cycles corresponds to the measuring cycle Signal source device variables Level linearized Distance Terminal voltage Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Diagnostic values, Advanced diagnostics Number of switching cycles unlimited 10 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Signal on alarm Depending on the interface, failure information is displayed as follows:
Current output (for HART devices) Failsafe mode selectable (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 43):
Minimum alarm: 3.6 mA Maximum alarm (= factory setting): 22 mA Failsafe mode with user-selectable value: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Local display Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Operating tool via HART communication or service interface (CDI) Status signal (in accordance with NAMUR Recommendation NE 107) Plain text display Linearization The linearization function of the device allows the conversion of the measured value into any unit of length or volume. Linearization tables for calculating the volume in cylindrical tanks are pre-
programmed. Other linearization tables of up to 32 value pairs can be entered manually or semi-
automatically. Galvanic isolation All circuits for the outputs are galvanically isolated from each other. Protocol-specific data HART Manufacturer ID Device type ID HART specification 17 (0x11) 0x112B 7.0 Device description files (DTM, DD) HART load HART device variables Information and files under:
www.endress.com www.fieldcommgroup.org min. 250 The measured values can be freely assigned to the device variables. Measured values for PV (primary variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Relative echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Measured values for SV, TV, FV (second, third and fourth variable) Level linearized Distance Electronic temperature Terminal voltage Relative echo amplitude Absolute echo amplitude Area of incoupling Analog output adv. diagnostics 1 Analog output adv. diagnostics 2 Supported functions Burst mode Additional transmitter status Wireless HART data Minimum start-up voltage Start-up current Start-up time Minimum operating voltage 16 V 3.6 mA 65 s 14.0 V Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 11 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Multidrop current Set-up time Micropilot FMR67 4.0 mA 15 s 12 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Power supply Terminal assignment 2-wire: 4-20mA HART A0011294 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 3 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device: Observe maximum load Cable screen; observe cable specification 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 Overvoltage protection module Terminal for potential equalization line Cable entry Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 13 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1+24-20mA1-channel overvoltage protection-[16]A74...20 mA54123+++1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[21]open-89-B+4...20 mA54123+6+2-wire: 4-20mA HART, switch output Micropilot FMR67 A0013759 Terminal assignment 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 4 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection Active barrier with power supply (e.g. RN221N): Observe terminal voltage 1 HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load 2 Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) 3 Analog display device: Observe maximum load 4 Cable screen; observe cable specification 5 4-20mA HART (passive): Terminals 1 and 2 6 Switch output (open collector): Terminals 3 and 4 7 Terminal for potential equalization line 8 Cable entry for 4-20mA HART line 9 10 Cable entry for switch output line 11 Overvoltage protection module 14 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]B10986-A1+24...20mAHART10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wire4-20mAPFSHART[02/03]open-1+2-3+4-711++--233445514...20 mA2503+3+4-4-++4...20 mA25021++Micropilot FMR67 2-wire: 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA A0013923 Terminal assignment 2-wire, 4-20 mA HART, 4...20mA Connection current output 2 Connection current output 1 Supply voltage for current output 1 (e.g. RN221N); Observe terminal voltage Cable screen; observe cable specification HART communication resistor ( 250 ): Observe maximum load Connection for Commubox FXA195 or FieldXpert SFX350/SFX370 (via VIATOR Bluetooth modem) Analog display device ; observe maximum load Analog display device ; observe maximum load Supply voltage for current output 2 (e.g. RN221N); Obeserve terminal voltage 5 A Without integrated overvoltage protection B With integrated overvoltage protection 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Overvoltage protection module 11 Current output 2: Terminals 3 and 4 12 Terminal for the potential equalization line 13 Cable entry for current output 1 14 Cable entry for current output 2 This version is also suited for single-channel operation. In this case, current output 1 (terminals 1 and 2) must be used. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 15 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTA13++244-20mA/FIELDBUS4-20mA/2-channel overvoltage protection--[17]141312-13++244...20mAHART4...20mA10mmSparepart71108xxx2- wirelevel4-20mA4-20mAHART[04/05]open--11++++----11223399558866774444++4...20 mA4...20 mA10B4...20 mA4...20 mA++++++Micropilot FMR67 Connection examples for the switch output For HART devices, the switch output is available as an option. See product structure, feature 20:
"Power Supply, Output", option B: "2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output"
6 Connection of a relay A0015909 Suitable relays (examples):
Solid-state relay: Phoenix Contact OV-24DC/480AC/5 with mounting rail connector UMK-1 OM-R/AMS Electromechanical relay: Phoenix Contact PLC-RSC-12DC/21 Connection of a digital input A0015910 Pull-up resistor Digital input 7 1 2 For optimum interference immunity we recommend to connect an external resistor (internal resistance of the relay or Pull-up resistor) of < 1 000 . 16 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT3++-4-Ri3+21+4-Ri Micropilot FMR67 Device plug connectors For the versions with fieldbus plug connector (M12 or 7/8"), the signal line can be connected without opening the housing. Pin assignment of the M12 plug connector Pin assignment of the 7/8" plug connector Pin 1 2 3 4 Pin 1 2 3 4 A0011175 A0011176 Meaning Signal +
not connected Signal -
Ground Meaning Signal -
Signal +
Not connected Screen Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 17 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT21344231 Supply voltage An external power supply is necessary. Various power supply units can be ordered as an accessory from Endress+Hauser. 2-wire, 4-20mA HART, passive Micropilot FMR67
"Power supply, output" 1) A:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex ic CSA GP Ex ia / IS Ex d(ia) /
XP Ex ic(ia) Ex nA(ia) Ex ta / DIP Terminal voltage U at device 14 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit 14 to 30 V 3) 14 to 35 V 3) 4) A0031745 Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS + XP 14 to 30 V 3) 1) 2) 3) 4) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. At ambient temperatures TTa 20 C, a terminal voltage U 16 V is required to start the device with the min. error current (3.6 mA). Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 35 V 3) Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit
"Power supply, output" 1) B:
2-wire;
4-20 mA HART, switch outpu
"Approval" 2) Non-
hazardous Ex nA Ex nA(ia) Ex ic Ex ic(ia) Ex d(ia) / XP Ex ta / DIP CSA GP 16 to 30 V 3) Ex ia / IS Ex ia + Ex d(ia) / IS +
XP A0031746 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. 18 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTR []WU0[V]1014252030350500R []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR67
"Power supply, output" 1) C:
2-wire;
4-20mA HART, 4-20mA
"Approval" 2) Terminal voltage U at device 16 to 30 V 3) All Maximum load R, depending on the supply voltage U0 of the power supply unit 1) 2) 3) Feature 020 in the product structure Feature 010 in the product structure If the Bluetooth modem is used, the minimum supply voltage increases by 2 V. A0031746 Integrated polarity reversal protection Permitted residual ripple with f = 0 to 100 Hz Permitted residual ripple with f = 100 to 10 000 Hz Yes USS < 1 V USS < 10 mV Power consumption
"Power supply; Output" 1) A: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART B: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output C: 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA 1) Feature 020 of the product structure Power consumption
< 0.9 W
< 0.9 W
< 2 x 0.7 W Current consumption HART Nominal current 3.6 to 22 mA the start-up current for multidrop mode can be parametrized
(is set to 3.6 mA on delivery) Breakdown signal (NAMUR NE43) adjustable: 3.59 to 22.5 mA Power supply failure Configuration is retained in the HistoROM (EEPROM). Error messages (incl. value of operated hours counter) are stored. Potential equalization No special measures for potential equalization are required. If the device is designed for hazardous areas, observe the information in the documentation
"Safety Instructions" (XA). Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 19 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTR []WU0[V]1016272030350500 Micropilot FMR67 Cable entries Cable specification Connection of power supply and signal line To be selected in feature 050 "Electrical connection"
Gland M20; Material dependent on the approval:
For Non-Ex, ATEX, IECEx, NEPSI Ex ia/ic:
Plastics M20x1.5 for cable 5 to 10 mm (0.2 to 0.39 in) For Dust-Ex, FM IS, CSA IS, CSA GP, Ex nA:
Metal M20x1.5 for cable 7 to 10 mm (0.28 to 0.39 in) 1) For Ex d:
No gland available Thread
" NPT G "
M20 1.5 Plug M12 / Plug 7/8"
Only available for Non-Ex, Ex ic, Ex ia Connection of remote display FHX50 Dependent on feature 030: "Display, Operation":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + M12 connection":
"Prepared for display FHX50 + custom connection":
M12 socket M16 cable gland Devices without integrated overvoltage protection Pluggable spring-force terminals for wire cross-sections 0.5 to 2.5 mm2 (20 to 14 AWG) Devices with integrated overvoltage protection Screw terminals for wire cross-sections 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) For ambient temperature TU60 C (140 F): use cable for temperature TU +20 K. HART A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal is used. A shielded cable is recommended if using the HART protocol. Observe grounding concept of the plant. Overvoltage protection If the measuring device is used for level measurement in flammable liquids which requires the use of overvoltage protection according to DIN EN 60079-14, standard for test procedures 60060-1 (10 kA, pulse 8/20 s), an overvoltage protection module has to be installed. Integrated overvoltage protection module An integrated overvoltage protection module is available for 2-wire HART devices. Product structure: Feature 610 "Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Technical data Resistance per channel Threshold DC voltage Threshold impulse voltage Capacitance at 1 MHz Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s) 2 0.5 max. 400 to 700 V
< 800 V
< 1.5 pF 10 kA External overvoltage protection module HAW562 or HAW569 from Endress+Hauser are suited as external overvoltage protection. 1) 20 The material of the gland is dependent on the housing type; GT18 (stainless steel housing): 316L (1.4404); GT19 (plastic housing) and GT20
(aluminum housing): nickel-coated brass (CuZn). V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Reference operating conditions Performance characteristics Temperature = +24 C (+75 F) 5 C (9 F) Pressure = 960 mbar abs. (14 psia) 100 mbar (1.45 psi) Humidity = 60 % 15 %
Reflector: metal plate with diameter 1 m (40 in) No major interference reflections inside the signal beam Reference accuracy Typical data under reference operating conditions: DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1;
percentage values in relation to the span. Output:
digital Accuracy (Sum of non-
linearity, nonrepeatability and hysteresis) 2) Measuring distance up to 1.5 m (4.92 ft): max. 20 mm (0.79 in) Measuring distance > 1.5 m (4.92 ft): 3 mm (0.12 in) 0.02 %
analog 1) 0.02 %
Non-repeatability 3) 1 mm (0.04 in) 1) 2) 3) Add error of the analogous value to the digital value. If the reference conditions are not met, the offset/zero point arising from the mounting conditions may be up to 4 mm (0.16 in). This additional offset/zero point can be compensated for by entering a correction
(parameter "level correction") during commissioning. The non-repeatability is already considered in the accuracy. The devices are optimized for bulk solid applications on delivery. An additional reference condition for the accuracy specifications of bulk solid applications is Bin type = Workbench test Differing values in near-range applications A0032637 Maximum measured error in near-range applications 8 Maximum measured error R D Reference point of the distance measurement Distance from reference point of antenna Measured value resolution Dead band according to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1:
Digital: 1 mm Analog: 1 A Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 21 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1.5 (4.92)20 (0.79)3 (0.12)-3 (-0.12)-20 (-0.79)D [m ()][mm (in)]R0 Micropilot FMR67 Response time The response time can be configured. The following step response times (in accordance with DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1) 2) are when damping is switched off:
Sampling rate Response time 1.3 s1 at U 24 V
< 3.6 s Influence of ambient temperature The measurements are performed according to DIN EN IEC 61298-3 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1 Digital (HART): average TK = 3 mm/10 K Analog (current output):
Zero point (4 mA): average TK = 0.02 %/10 K Span (20 mA): average TK = 0.05 %/10 K 2) 22 According to DIN EN IEC 61298-2 / DIN EN IEC 60770-1, the step response time is the time that elapses after an abrupt change in the input signal until the change in the output signal has adopted 90% of the steady-state value for the first time. V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Installation Installation conditions Mounting position A0016883 Recommended distance A wall - nozzle outer edge: ~ 1/6 of the container diameter. However, the device must not under any circumstances be mounted closer than 20 cm (7.87 in) to the container wall. If the container wall is not smooth (corrugated iron, welding seams, joints, etc.) it is recommended to maintain the largest possible distance from the wall. Where necessary use an alignment unit to avoid interference reflections from the container wall. 28 Not in the center (2) as interference can cause signal loss. Not above the filling curtain (3). The use of a weather protection cover (1) is recommended to protect the transmitter from direct sunlight or rain. In applications with strong dust emissions, the integrated purge air connection can prevent the antenna from becoming clogged 30. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 23 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTA123 Internal container fittings Micropilot FMR67 Avoid the location of internal fittings (limit switches, temperature sensors, struts etc.) inside the signal beam. Pay attention to the beam angle 26. A0031814 24 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Avoiding interference echoes Metal deflection plates installed at an angle to scatter the radar signals help prevent interference echoes. A0031817 Optimization options Antenna size The larger the antenna the smaller the beam angle ,resulting in fewer interference echoes 26. Mapping Measurement can be optimized by electronically suppressing interference echoes. Adjustable flange seal for FMR67 Adjustable flange seals of sizes DN80 to DN150 (3" to 6") are available for the FMR67 with Drip-
off antenna 3). They can be used to align the device to the product surface. Maximum angle of alignment: 8 . How to order:
Order with the device 4) Order as an accessory: 77 Alignment unit for FMR67 Flanges sized 4" / DN100 and higher are optionally available with an alignment unit 5) They allow the sensor to be optimally aligned to suit conditions in the container in order to prevent interference reflections. The maximum angle is 15 . The purpose of sensor alignment is primarily to:
Prevent interference reflections Increase the maximum possible measuring range in conical outlets 3) 4) 5) Feature 070 in the product structure "Antenna", option GA Feature 100 in the product structure "Process connection", options PL, PM, PN, PO, PQ, PR see feature 100 in the product structure "Process connection". Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 25 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Beam angle Micropilot FMR67 9 Relationship between beam angle , distance D and beamwidth diameter W A0031824 The beam angle is defined as the angle where the energy density of the radar waves reaches half the value of the maximum energy density (3dB width). Microwaves are also emitted outside the signal beam and can be reflected off interfering installations. 26 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDWD_=22..tanW Micropilot FMR67 FMR67 Antenna 1) Beam angle Distance (D) 5 m (16 ft) 10 m (33 ft) 15 m (49 ft) 20 m (66 ft) 25 m (82 ft) 30 m (98 ft) 35 m (115 ft) 40 m (131 ft) 45 m (148 ft) 50 m (164 ft) 60 m (197 ft) 70 m (230 ft) 80 m (262 ft) 90 m (295 ft) 100 m (328 ft) 110 m (361 ft) 120 m (394 ft) 125 m (410 ft) A0032083 A0032084 Drip-off, PTFE 50 mm / 2"
PTFE flush mount 80 mm / 3"
6 4 Beamwidth diameter W 0.52 m (1.70 ft) 1.05 m (3.44 ft) 1.57 m (5.15 ft) 2.10 m (6.89 ft) 2.62 m (8.60 ft) 3.14 m (10.30 ft) 3.67 m (12.04 ft) 4.19 m (13.75 ft) 4.72 m (15.49 ft) 5.24 m (17.19 ft)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.35 m (1.15 ft) 0.70 m (2.30 ft) 1.05 m (3.44 ft) 1.40 m (4.59 ft) 1.75 m (5.74 ft) 2.10 m (6.89 ft) 2.44 m (8.00 ft) 2.79 m (9.15 ft) 3.14 m (10.30 ft) 3.49 m (11.45 ft) 4.19 m (13.75 ft) 4.89 m (16.04 ft) 5.59 m (18.34 ft) 6.29 m (20.64 ft) 6.98 m (22.90 ft) 7.68 m (25.20 ft) 8.38 m (27.49 ft) 8.73 m (25.64 ft) 1) Feature 070 in the product structure Measuring through plastic tank ceilings or dielectric windows Dielectric constant of the medium: r 10 The distance from the lower edge of the antenna to the tank ceiling or window should be about If possible, avoid mounting locations where condensation or build-up might occur. In case of outdoor mounting, the space between antenna and vessel has to be protected from the 100 mm (4 in). elements. Do not mount any potential reflectors (e.g. pipes) outside the tank in the signal beam. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 27 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Suitable thickness of the tank ceiling or dielectric window Material DK (= r) Optimum thickness 1.3 mm (0.051) 1) PTFE 2.3 2.1 PE 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) Micropilot FMR67 PP 2.3 1.25 mm
(0.049 in) 1) Perspex 3.1 1.07 mm
(0.042 in) 1) 1) or an integer multiple of this value; however, take into account that the microwave transparency is significantly reduced when increasing the thickness of the window. Installation: Drip-off antenna PTFE 50 mm / 2"
Aligning the antenna axis Align the antenna vertically to the product surface. Optionally, a variable flange seal (available as an accessory) can be used for alignment Attention:
The maximum reach of the antenna can be reduced if it is not installed perpendicular to the product. Radial alignment of the antenna Based on the directional characteristic, radial alignment of the antenna is not necessary. Information concerning nozzles The maximum nozzle length Hmax depends on the nozzle diameter D:
A0032209 Inner nozzle diameterD 50 to 80 mm (2 to 3.2 in) 80 to 100 mm (3.2 to 4 in) 100 to 150 mm (4 to 6 in) 150 mm (6 in) Maximum nozzle height Hmax 750 mm (30 in) 1) 1 150 mm (46 in) 1 450 mm (58 in) 2 200 mm (88 in) 1) In case of longer nozzles, a reduction of the measuring performance is to be expected. Note the following if the antenna does not project out of the nozzle:
The end of the nozzle must be smooth and free from burrs. The edge of the nozzle should be Mapping must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with nozzles that are higher than indicated in rounded if possible. the table. Information concerning threaded connections When screwing in, turn by the hex bolt only. Tool: open-ended wrench 55 mm Maximum permissible torque: 50 Nm (36 lbf ft) 28 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTHmaxD Micropilot FMR67 Installation: flush mount antenna Aligning the antenna axis UNI flanges with an integrated alignment unit are available for FMR67 devices with a flush mount antenna. An angle of inclination of up to 15 in all directions can be set for the antenna axis using the alignment unit. The alignment unit is used to optimally align the radar beam to the bulk solid. Process connection with alignment unit 1) XCA XDA XEA XFA UNI flange Material Pressure rating Suitable for UNI 4" / DN100 / 100A UNI 6" / DN150 / 150A UNI 8" / DN200 / 200A Aluminum max. 14.5lbs / PN1 / 1K 4" 150lbs DN100 PN16 10K 100A Aluminum max. 14.5lbs / PN1 / 1K 6" 150lbs DN150 PN16 10K 150A Aluminum max. 14.5lbs / PN1 / 1K 8" 150lbs DN200 PN16 10K 200A UNI 10" / DN250 / 250A Aluminum max. 14.5lbs / PN1 / 1K 10" 150lbs DN250 PN16 10K 250A 1) Feature 100 in the product structure 10 Micropilot FMR67 with alignment unit A0032097 Radial alignment of the antenna Based on the directional characteristic, radial alignment of the antenna is not necessary. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 29 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 A0032206 Information concerning nozzles Inner nozzle diameterD min. 80 to 100 mm (3 to 4 in) 100 to 150 mm (4 to 6 in) 150 mm (6 in) Maximum nozzle height Hmax 1 450 mm (57 in) 1 800 mm (71 in) 2 700 mm (106 in) Note the following if the antenna does not project out of the nozzle:
The end of the nozzle must be smooth and free from burrs. The edge of the nozzle should be Mapping must be performed. Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with nozzles that are higher than indicated in rounded if possible. the table. Purge air connection for FMR67 Purge air adapter for Drip-off antennas Purge air connection 1) A 3 4 1) Feature 110 in the product structure Meaning without Purge air adapter G 1/4"
Purge air adapter NPT 1/4"
1 Purge air connection NPT 1/4" or G 1/4"
A0032098 30 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTHmaxD1 Micropilot FMR67 Integrated purge air connection for flush-mounted antennas Purge air connection 1) 1 2 1) Feature 110 in the product structure Meaning Purge air connection G 1/4"
Purge air connection NPT 1/4"
1 Purge air connection NPT 1/4" or G 1/4"
A0032099 Use In applications with strong dust emissions, the integrated purge air connection can prevent the antenna from becoming clogged. Pulse operation is recommended. Purge air pressure range Pulse operation :
Max. 6 bar (87 psi) Continuous operation:
200 to 500 mbar (3 to 7.25 psi) Always use dry purge air. In general, purging should only be performed to the extent necessary as excess purging can cause mechanical damage (abrasion). Container with heat insulation If process temperatures are high, the device should be included in the usual container insulation system (2) to prevent the electronics from heating as a result of thermal radiation or convection. The insulation should not be higher than the neck of the device (1). A0032207 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 31 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1112 Micropilot FMR67 Ambient temperature range Environment Measuring device Local display 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F), the readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Outdoor operation in strong sunlight:
Mount the device in the shade. Avoid direct sunlight, particularly in warm climatic regions. Use a weather protection cover (see accessories). Ambient temperature limits The following diagrams only consider functional aspects. Additional restrictions may apply for certified device versions. See the separate Safety Instructions for more information 84. In the event of temperature (Tp) at the process connection, the permitted ambient temperature (Ta) is reduced as indicated in the following diagram (temperature derating) in the table header. FMR67 Antenna 1) GA:
Drip-off, PTFE DN50 Seal 2) A3:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 3) P1 P2 P3 P4 A0032024 P5 B:
GT18 two-chamber 316L A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated Tp 40
(40) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 76
(168.8) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 80
(176) Ta 75
(167) Tp 80
(176) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 40
(40) 60
(140) 60
(140) 60
(140) 80
(176) 54
(129.2) 80
(176) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 80
(176) 76
(168.8) 80
(176) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure 32 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTP2P1P5P4P3TaTp Micropilot FMR67 FMR67 Antenna 1) GP:
PTFE flush mount DN80 Seal 2) A6:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F) Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 3) P1 P2 P3 P4 A0032024 P5 B:
GT18 two-chamber 316L A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated Tp 40
(40) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 76
(168.8) Ta 76
(168.8) Tp 200
(392) Ta 63
(145.4) Tp 200
(392) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) 40
(40) 60
(140) 60
(140) 60
(140) 200
(392) 42
(107.6) 200
(392) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 76
(168.8) 200
(392) 68
(154.4) 200
(392) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure FMR67 Antenna 1) GP:
PTFE flush mount DN80 Seal 2) A5:
FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 150 C (40 to 302 F) Temperature specifications: C (F) Housing type 3) P1 P2 A0032025 P3 P4 P5 Tp 150
(302) Ta 47
(116.6) Tp 150
(302) Ta 40
(40) Tp 40
(40) Ta 40
(40) P2+
Ta 71
(159.8) Tp 109
(228.2) Tp 40
(40) Ta 76 Tp 76 Ta 76
(168.8)
(168.8)
(168.8) 40
(40) 60
(140) 60
(140) 60
(140) 127
(260.6) 45
(113) 150
(302) 24
(75.2) 150
(302) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) 76 76 76
(168.8)
(168.8)
(168.8) 112
(233.6) 72
(161.6) 150
(302) 55
(131) 150
(302) 40
(40) 40
(40) 40
(40) B:
GT18 two-chamber 316L A:
GT19 two-chamber Plastic PBT C:
GT20 two-chamber Aluminum, coated 1) 2) 3) Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 090 in the product structure Feature 040 in the product structure Storage temperature 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) Climate class DIN EN 60068-2-38 (test Z/AD) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 33 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTP2P1P5P4P3TaTpP2P1P5P4P3TaTpP2+Altitude according to IEC61010-1 Ed.3 Degree of protection Micropilot FMR67 Generally up to 2 000 m (6 600 ft) above MSL. Above 2 000 m (6 600 ft) if the following conditions are met:
Ordering feature 020 "Power supply; Output" = A, B, C, E or G (2-wire versions) Supply voltage U < 35 V Supply voltage of overvoltage category 1 With closed housing tested according to:
IP68, NEMA6P (24 h at 1.83 m under water surface) For plastic housing with transparent cover (display module): IP68 (24 h at 1.00 m under water surface) 6) IP66, NEMA4X With open housing: IP20, NEMA1 Display module: IP22, NEMA2 Degree of protection IP68 NEMA6P applies for M12 PROFIBUS PA plugs only when the PROFIBUS cable is plugged in and is also rated IP68 NEMA6P. Vibration resistance DIN EN 60068-2-64 IEC 60068-2-64 at 5 to 2 000 Hz: 1.5 (m/s2)2/Hz A limited vibration resistance applies according DIN EN 60068-2-64/IEC 60068-2-64 at 5 to 2 000 Hz of 0.39 (m/s2)2/Hz, if the following order features are selected in the product structure at the same time:
040 ("Housing"): B ("GT18 two-chamber, 316L) and 090 ("Seal"): A6 ("FKM Viton GLT, 40 to 200 C (40 to 392 F), incl. gas-tight feedthrough") Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) Electromagnetic compatibility in accordance with all of the relevant requirements outlined in the EN 61326 series and NAMUR Recommendation EMC (NE 21). For details, please refer to the Declaration of Conformity 7). A normal device cable suffices if only the analog signal should be used. Use a shielded cable for digital communication (HART/ PA/ FF). Maximum measured error during EMC testing: <0.5 % of the span. By way of derogation, for devices with a plastic housing and see-through lid (integrated display SD02 or SD03) the measured error can be up to 2 % of the span in the event of strong electromagnetic radiation in the 1 to 2 GHz frequency range. 6) 7) 34 This restriction is valid if the following options of the product structure have been selected at the same time: 030 ("Display, Operation") = C
("SD02") or E ("SD03"); 040 ("Housing") = A ("GT19"). Available for download at www.de.endress.com. V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Process temperature, process pressure Process The pressure ranges indicated can be reduced by the choice of process connection. The nominal pressure (PN) indicated on the nameplate refers to a reference temperature of 20 C, and of 100 F for ASME flanges. Observe pressure-temperature dependency. Please refer to the following standards for the pressure values permitted at higher temperatures:
EN 1092-1: 2001 Tab. 18 In terms of their stability-temperature property, the materials 1.4435 and 1.4404 are grouped in EN 1092-1 table 18 under 13E0. The chemical composition of the two materials can be identical. ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2-2.2 F316 ASME B 16.5a 1998 Tab. 2.3.8 N10276 JIS B 2220 FMR67, Drip-off antenna, PTFE DN50 FMR67: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, Drip-off antenna, PTFE DN50 A0032186 11 1 2 Process connection: flange PP Process connection: thread, flange 316L FMR67, Drip-off antenna, PTFE DN50 Feature 100 "Process connection"
Process temperature range Process pressure range GGJ:
RGJ:
XJJ:
XKJ:
XLJ:
XJG:
XKG:
XLG:
Thread ISO228 G1-1/2 Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2 UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, 316L UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, 316L UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, 316L UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, PP UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, PP UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, PP prel = 1 to 16 bar (14.5 to 232 psi) pabs < 17 bar (246 psi) 1) 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) prel = 1 to 3 bar (14.5 to 43.5 psi) pabs < 4 bar (58 psi) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 35 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTp-40(-40)+80(+176)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])[bar] ([psi])3 (43.5)16 (232)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) FMR67, flush mount antenna, PTFE DN80, standard flange 316L Micropilot FMR67 12 FMR67: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, antenna, PTFE DN80, standard flange 316L A0032187 1 2 Feature 90, seal: A5, FKM Viton GLT Feature 90, seal: A6, FKM Viton GLT FMR67, PTFE DN80, standard flange 316L Feature 100 "Process connection" Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range Process pressure range AGJ:
AHJ:
CGJ:
CHJ:
KGJ:
KHJ:
NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L DN80 PN10/16 B1, 316L DN100 PN10/16 B1, 316L 10K 80A RF, 316L 10K 100A RF, 316L A5, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) A6, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) prel =
1 to 16 bar
(14.5 to 232 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval FMR67, flush mount antenna, PTFE DN80, UNI flange 316L 13 A0032199 FMR67: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, antenna, PTFE DN80, UNI flange 316L 1 2 Feature 90, seal: A5, FKM Viton GLT Feature 90, seal: A6, FKM Viton GLT 36 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTp-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])16 (232)-1 (-14.5)0 (0)p-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])1 (14.5)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Micropilot FMR67 FMR67, PTFE DN80, UNI flange 316L Feature 100 "Process connection"
Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range Process pressure range X3J:
UNI flange DN200/8"/200A, 316L X5J:
UNI flange DN250/10"/250A, 316L A5, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) A6, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) prel =
1 to 1 bar (14.5 to 14.5 psi) pabs < 2 bar (29 psi) 1) 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval FMR67, flush mount antenna, PTFE DN80, UNI flange, ALU, adjustable 14 FMR67: Permitted range for process temperature and process pressure, antenna, PTFE DN80, UNI flange, ALU, adjustable A0032199 1 2 Feature 90, seal: A5, FKM Viton GLT Feature 90, seal: A6, FKM Viton GLT FMR67, PTFE DN80, UNI flange, ALU, adjustable Feature 100 "Process connection"
Feature 90
"Seal"
Process temperature range Process pressure range XCA:
XDA:
XEA:
XFA:
Alignment unit, UNI 4"/DN100/100A, aluminum Alignment unit, UNI 6"/DN150/150A, aluminum Alignment unit, UNI 8"/DN200/200A, aluminum Alignment unit, UNI 10"/DN250/250A, aluminum A5, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +150 C
(40 to +302 F) A6, FKM Viton GLT 40 to +200 C
(40 to +392 F) prel =
1 to 1 bar
(14.5 to 14.5 psi) 1) Dielectric constant 1) The pressure range may be further restricted in the event of a CRN approval For bulk solids r 1.6 Please contact Endress+Hauser for applications with lower dielectric constants than indicated. For dielectric constants (DC values) of many media commonly used in various industries refer to:
the Endress+Hauser DC manual (CP01076F) the Endress+Hauser "DC Values App" (available for Android and iOS) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 37 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTp-40(-40)+150(+302)+200(+392)0(+32)Tp[C]([F])12[bar] ([psi])1 (14.5)-1 (-14.5)0 (0) Mechanical construction Dimensions Dimensions of the electronics housing Micropilot FMR67 15 Housing GT18 (316L); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 16 Housing GT19 (Plastics PBT); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. 17 Housing GT20 (Alu coated); Dimensions in mm (in)
*for devices with integrated overvoltage protection. A0011666 A0011346 A0020751 38 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT146 (5.75)142 (5.59)115.25 (4.54)108.5 (4.27)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)98 (3.86)*103.5 (4.07)R110144 (5.67)113.5 (4.47)106 (4.17)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)99 (3.9)*106 (4.17)R110145.5 (5.73)141.5 (5.57)112 (4.41)108.5 (4.27)78 (3.07)90 (3.54)98 (3.86)*103.5 (4.07)R11061 (2.4) Micropilot FMR67 FMR67: Drip-off antenna, w/o purge air connection Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna GA: Drip-off, PTFE 50mm/2"
100: Process Connection GGJ: Thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L RGJ: Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L XJG: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia XJJ: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, 316L, max 4bar abs/58psia XKG: UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia XKJ: UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, 316L, max 4bar abs/58psia XLG: UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia XLJ: UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, 316L, max 4bar abs/58psia 110: Air Purge Connection A: W/o Dimensions: mm (in) A0031560 18 A B R 1 Process connection: G1-1/2" or MNPT1-1/2" thread Process connection: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A to 6"/DN150/150A Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 39 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTAB42.5 (1.67)42.5 (1.67)205 (8.07)78 (3.07)127 (5.00)22 (0.87)107 (4.21)R11 UNI flanges for FMR67 w/o purge air connection Micropilot FMR67 19 Dimensions: mm (in) A0034611 Feature 100: process connection Suitable for A B C D XJG:
UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, PP XJJ: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, 316L XKG:
UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, PP XKJ: UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, 316L XLG:
XLJ:
UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, PP UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, 316L 3" 150lbs DN80 PN16 10K 80A 4" 150lbs DN100 PN16 10K 100A 6" 150lbs DN150 PN16 10K 150A 150 mm (5.9 in) 160 mm (6.3 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 175 mm (6.9 in) 190.5 mm (7.5 in) 228.6 mm (9 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 240 mm (9.4 in) 241.3 mm (9.5 in) 285 mm (11.2 in) 23 mm (0.9 in) 40 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTG 1 1/220 (0.79)CABD45AAA-A Micropilot FMR67 FMR67 Drip-off antenna, purge air connection Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna GA: Drip-off, PTFE 50mm/2"
100: Process Connection XJG: UNI flange 3"/DN80/80, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia XKG: UNI flange 4"/DN100/100, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia XLG: UNI flange 6"/DN150/150, PP, max 4bar abs/58psia 110: Air Purge Connection 3: Adapter G1/4 4: Adapter NPT1/4 Dimensions: mm (in) A0032154 20 R 1 Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 41 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT42.5 (1.67)138 (5.43)47 (1.85)100 (3.94)R1 UNI flanges for FMR67 with air purge connection Micropilot FMR67 A0034612 21 Dimensions: mm (in) Feature 100: process connection Suitable for A B C D XJG:
UNI flange 3"/DN80/80A, PP 3" 150lbs DN80 PN16 10K 80A XKG:
UNI flange 4"/DN100/100A, PP 4" 150lbs DN100 PN16 10K 100A XLG:
UNI flange 6"/DN150/150A, PP 6" 150lbs DN150 PN16 10K 150A 150 mm
(5.9 in) 175 mm
(6.9 in) 240 mm
(9.4 in) 160 mm
(6.3 in) 200 mm
(7.9 in) 19 mm
(0.75 in) 190.5 mm
(7.5 in) 228.6 mm
(9 in) 19 mm
(0.75 in) 241.3 mm
(9.5 in) 285 mm
(11.2 in) 23 mm
(0.9 in) 42 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTAA45A-AABCDM80x1.520 (0.79) Micropilot FMR67 FMR67: Flush-mount antenna with standard flange and purge air connection Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal 100: Process Connection GP: PTFE flush mount 80mm/3"
A5: Viton GLT, -40...150C/-40...302F A6: Viton GLT, -40...200C/-40...392F AGJ: NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L flange ASME B16.5 AHJ: NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L flange ASME B16.5 CGJ: DN80 PN10/16 B1, 316L flange EN1092-1 CHJ: DN100 PN10/16 B1, 316L flange EN1092-1 KGJ: 10K 80A RF, 316L flange JIS 2220 KHJ: 10K 100A RF, 316L flange JIS 2220 110: Air purge connection 1: G1/4 2: NPT1/4 Dimensions: mm (in) A0032172 22 A B R 1 Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Feature 100 "Process connection"
Suitable for D H AGJ:
NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L AHJ:
NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L CGJ:
DN80 PN10/16 B1, 316L CHJ:
DN100 PN10/16 B1, 316L ASME B16.5 NPS 3" Cl.150 RF ASME B16.5 NPS 4" Cl.150 RF EN1092-1 DN80 PN10/16 B1 EN1092-1 DN100 PN10/16 B1 190.5 mm (7.5 in) 23.9 mm (0.94 in) 228.6 mm (9 in) 23.9 mm (0.94 in) 200 mm (7.87 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) 220 mm (8.66 in) 20 mm (0.79 in) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 43 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT80 (3.15)ABH232 (9.13)163 (6.42)64 (2.52)D25.5 (1.00)R11 Micropilot FMR67 Feature 100 "Process connection"
KGJ:
10K 80A RF, 316L KHJ:
10K 100A RF, 316L Suitable for JIS B2220 10K 80A RF JIS B2220 10K 100A RF D H 185 mm (7.28 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 210 mm (8.27 in) 18 mm (0.71 in) 44 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 FMR67: Flush-mount antenna with UNI flange and purge air connection Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal GP: PTFE flush mount 80mm/3"
A5: Viton GLT, -40...150C/-40...302F A6: Viton GLT, -40...200C/-40...392F 100: Process Connection X3J: UNI flange DN200/8"/200, 316L, max PN1/14,5lbs/1K X5J: UNI flange DN250/10"/250, 316L, max PN1/14,5lbs/1K 110: Air Purge Connection 1: G1/4 2: NPT1/4 Dimensions: mm (in) A0032180 23 A B R 1 Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 45 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTAB231.5 (9.11)175 (6.89)50 (1.97)13.5 (0.53)85 (3.35)R11 UNI flange for FMR67 with purge air connection Micropilot FMR67 Dimensions: mm (in) A0034613 24 1 2 Process connection X3J: UNI flange DN200/8"/200A, 316L Process connection X5J: UNI flange DN250/10"/250A, 316L Feature 100 "Process connection"
X3J:
UNI flange DN200/8"/200A, 316L X5J:
UNI flange DN250/10"/250A, 316L Suitable for 8" 150lbs DN200 PN16 10K 200A 10" 150lbs DN250 PN16 10K 250A Pressure rating pabs < 2 bar (29 psi) pabs < 2 bar (29 psi) 46 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTAAAA12405 (15.9)6x6029 (1.14)358 (14.1)340 (13.4)4x906x6026 (1.02)26 (1.02)294.5 (11.6)A-A8 (0.31)80.3(3.16) Micropilot FMR67 FMR67: Flush-mount antenna with UNI flange, alignment device and purge air connection Relevant ordering features Ordering feature Options 070: Antenna 090: Seal 100: Process Connection GP: PTFE flush mount 80mm/3"
A5: Viton GLT, -40...150C/-40...302F A6: Viton GLT, -40...200C/-40...392F XCA: Align. device, UNI 4"/DN100/100, Alu, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K XDA: Align. device, UNI 6"/DN150/150, Alu, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K XEA: Align. device, UNI 8"/DN200/200, Alu, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K XFA: Align. device, UNI 10"/DN250/250, Alu, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K 110: Air Purge Connection 1: G1/4 2: NPT1/4 Dimensions: mm (in) A0032173 25 A B R 1 Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 150C/-40 to 302F Seal: FKM Viton GLT, -40 to 200C/-40 to 392F Reference point of the measurement Bottom edge of housing Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 47 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1AB232 (9.13)165 (6.5)46.5 (1.83)24 (0.94)R1 UNI flanges for FMR67 with alignment device and purge air connection Micropilot FMR67 Flanges for FMR67 with alignment device; Dimensions: mm (in) A0034614 Process connection XCA: Alignment device, UNI 4"/DN100/100A, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K, aluminum Process connection XDA: Alignment device, UNI 6"/DN150/150A, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K, aluminum Process connection XEA: Alignment device, UNI 8"/DN200/200A, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K, aluminum Process connection XFA: Alignment device, UNI 10"/DN250/250A, max 14.5lbs/PN1/1K, aluminum 26 1 2 3 4 The number of bolts is reduced in some cases. To match different standards the bores are enlarged. Therefore the bolts should be aligned centrally to the counter flange before tightening. 48 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT22 (0.87)340 (13.4)294.5 (11.6)AA151530301530301526 (1.02)AA12x3030(=360)358 (14.1)405 (15.9)26 (1.02)10 (0.39)95.2 (3.75)AA90185 (7.28)225 (8.86)4x90454x90 (=360)9023 (0.91)19 (0.75)175 (6.89)(=360)4x909045AA904x90240 (9.45)280 (11)(=360)(=360)12 (0.47)26 (1.02) Micropilot FMR67 Weight Housing Part GT18 housing - stainless steel GT19 housing - plastic GT20 housing - aluminum Antenna and process connection Device Antenna 1) GA:
Drip-off, PTFE DN50 FMR67 GP:
PTFE flush mount DN80 Weight Approx. 4.5 kg (9.9 lb) Approx. 1.2 kg (2.7 lb) Approx. 1.9 kg (4.2 lb) Weight of antenna /
process connection Max. 2 kg (4.4 lb) + flange weight 2) Max. 3.5 kg (7.72 lb) + flange weight 2) Flange weight for process connection with alignment unit, see the following table 49 1) 2) Order code 070 For flange weights (316/316L) see Technical Information TI00426F. Process connection alignment unit Antenna 1) Process connection 2) XCA:
Alignment unit, UNI 4"/DN100/100, aluminum XDA:
Alignment unit, UNI 6"/DN150/150, aluminum XEA:
Alignment unit, UNI 8"/DN200/200, aluminum XFA:
Alignment unit, UNI 10"/DN250/250, aluminum GP:
PTFE flush mount DN80 1) 2) Order code 070 Order code 100 Flange weight incl. clamping ring 1.65 kg (3.64 lb) 2.45 kg (5.40 lb) 3.45 kg (7.61 lb) 4.95 kg (10.91 lb) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 49 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Materials: GT18 housing
(stainless steel, corrosion-
resistant) Micropilot FMR67 No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 3 4 Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0036037 Material CF3M similar to 316L/1.4404 Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Window: glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: CF3M (similar to 316L/1.4404) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) Cable gland: 316L (1.4404) or nickel-plated brass Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: 316L (1.4404) M12 socket: 316L (1.4404) 6 7 8 Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal 9 Nameplate 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Plate: 316L (1.4404) Groove pin: A4 (1.4571) 1) 2) For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. 50 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT2.112.25.25.1678934 Micropilot FMR67 Materials: GT19 housing
(plastic) No. Part 1 Housing 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment 4 Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0013788 Material PBT Cover glass: PC Cover frame: PBT-PC Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: PBT Cover seal: EPDM Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 8 9 1) 2) Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug: Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Ground terminal Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) Screw: A2 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Adhesive nameplate Plastic For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 51 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT2.112.25.25.167894 Materials: GT20 housing
(die-cast aluminum, powder-
coated) Micropilot FMR67 Nr. Part 1 Housing, RAL 5012 (blue) 2.1 Cover of the electronics compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 2.2 Cover of the terminal compartment; RAL 7035
(gray) 3 4 Cover lock Lock at the housing neck 5.1 Dummy plug, cable gland, adapter or plug
(depending on the device version) 5.2 Dummy plug, cable gland or adapter (depending on the device version) A0036037 Material Housing: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Coating: Polyester Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Window: Glass Cover seal: NBR Seal of the window: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Cover: AlSi10Mg(<0,1% Cu) Cover seal: NBR Thread-coating: Graphite-based lubricant varnish Screw: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Screw: A4-70 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM M12 plug: Nickel-plated brass 1) 7/8" plug: 316 (1.4401) 2) Dummy plug, depending on the device version:
PE PBT-GF Nickel-plated steel Cable gland, depending on the device version:
Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) PA Adapter: 316L (1.4404/1.4435) Seal: EPDM 6 7 Dummy plug or M12 socket (depending on the device version) Dummy plug : Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) M12 socket: Nickel-plated GD-Zn Pressure relief stopper Nickel-plated brass (CuZn) 52 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT2.112.25.25.1678934 Micropilot FMR67 Nr. Part 8 Ground terminal Material Screw: A2 Spring washer: A2 Clamp: 304 (1.4301) Holder: 304 (1.4301) Plastic Adhesive nameplate For the version with M12 plug the sealing material is Viton. For the version with 7/8" plug, the sealing material is NBR. Materials: antenna and process connection FMR67 A B Antenna Drip-off DN50 Antenna flush mount DN80 No. Component part Antenna Seals Material PTFE Viton: FKM Flange / process connection A (antenna Drip-off DN50): PP B (antenna flush mount DN80): 316L / 1.4404 Antenna adapter, housing adapter Housing seal Threaded adapter, screw plug 316L / 1.4404 EPDM 316L / 1.4404 integrated purge air adapter 316L / 1.4404 Threaded fasteners A4-70 A2-70 9 1) 2) 1 2 3 4 5 6 C Antenna flush mount DN80 with alignment device Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 A0031816 A0032126 53 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTBA1234561234657C123456 No. Component part 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Antenna Seals Flange / process connection Antenna adapter, housing adapter Housing seal Threaded adapter, screw plug Purge air adapter Sensor adapter with alignment device Lock washer Threaded fasteners Micropilot FMR67 Material PTFE Viton: FKM Aluminum 316L / 1.4404 EPDM 316L / 1.4404 316L / 1.4404 3.1645 / aluminum A4-70 A2-70 54 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Materials: Weather protection cover A0015473 No Part: Material 1 2 3 4 5 6 Protection cover: 316L (1.4404) Molded rubber part (4x): EPDM Clamping screw: 316L (1.4404) + carbon fibre Bracket: 316L (1.4404) Ground terminal Screw: A4 Spring washer: A4 Clamp: 316L (1.4404) Holder: 316L (1.4404) Washer: A4 Cheese head screw: A4-70 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 55 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123456 Micropilot FMR67 Operating concept Operability Operator-oriented menu structure for user-specific tasks Commissioning Operation Diagnostics Expert level Operating languages English Deutsch Franais Espaol Italiano Nederlands Portuguesa Polski
(Russian) Svenska Trke
(Chinese)
(Japanese)
(Korean) Bahasa Indonesia ting Vit (Vietnamese) etina (Czech) Feature 500 of the product structure determines which of these languages is preset on delivery. Quick and save commissioning Interactive wizard with graphical interface for easy commissioning via FieldCare/DeviceCare Menu guidance with brief explanations of the individual parameter functions Standardized operation at the device and in the operating tools Integrated data storage device (HistoROM) Enables transfer of configuration when changing electronic modules Records up to 100 event messages in the device Records up to 1000 measured values in the device Saves the signal curve on commissioning which can later be used as a reference. Efficient diagnostics increase measurement reliability Remedy information is integrated in plain text Diverse simulation options and line recorder functions Integrated Bluetooth module (option for HART devices) Easy and fast setup via SmartBlue (app) No additional tools or adapters required Signal curve via SmartBlue (app) Encrypted single point-to-point data transmission (Fraunhofer-Institut, third party, tested) andpassword-protected communication via Bluetooth wireless technology 56 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Local operation Operation with Order code for
"Display;
Operation"
Pushbuttons Option C "SD02"
Touch Control Option E "SD03"
Display elements 4-line display A0036312 A0036313 4-line display white background lighting; switches to red in event of device error Format for displaying measured variables and status variables can be individually configured Permitted ambient temperature for the display: 20 to +70 C (4 to +158 F) The readability of the display may be impaired at temperatures outside the temperature range. Operating elements local operation with 3 push buttons (, , ) external operation via touch control; 3 optical keys: , , Operating elements also accessible in various hazardous areas Additional functionality Data backup function The device configuration can be saved in the display module. Data comparison function The device configuration saved in the display module can be compared to the current device configuration. Data transfer function The transmitter configuration can be transmitted to another device using the display module. Operation with remote display and operating module FHX50 FHX50 operating options A0036314 Display and operating module SD03, optical keys; can be operated through the glass of the cover Display and operating module SD02, push buttons; cover must be removed 27 1 2 Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 57 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT12 Operation via Bluetooth wireless technology Micropilot FMR67 Possibilities for remote operation via Bluetooth wireless technology A0034939 28 1 2 3 Transmitter power supply unit Smartphone / tablet with SmartBlue (app) Transmitter with Bluetooth wireless technology Remote operation Via HART protocol Options for remote operation via HART protocol A0036169 29 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC (programmable logic controller) Transmitter power supply unit, e.g. RN221N (with communication resistor) Connection for Commubox FXA191, FXA195 and Field Communicator 375, 475 Field Communicator 475 Computer with operating tool (e.g. DeviceCare/FieldCare , AMS Device Manager, SIMATIC PDM) Commubox FXA191 (RS232) or FXA195 (USB) Field Xpert SFX350/SFX370 VIATOR Bluetooth modem with connecting cable Transmitter 58 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123145796823 Micropilot FMR67 DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) DeviceCare/FieldCare via service interface (CDI) A0032466 30 1 2 3 Service interface (CDI) of the instrument (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) Commubox FXA291 Computer with DeviceCare/FieldCare operating tool Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 59 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT123 SupplyCare inventory management software Micropilot FMR67 SupplyCare is a web-based operating program for coordinating the flow of material and information along the supply chain. SupplyCare provides a comprehensive overview of the levels of geographically distributed tanks and silos, for instance, providing complete transparency over the current inventory situation, regardless of time and location. Based on the measuring and transmission technology installed onsite, the current inventory data are collected and sent to SupplyCare. Critical levels are clearly indicated and calculated forecasts provide additional security for material requirements planning. The main functions of SupplyCare:
Inventory visualization SupplyCare determines the inventory levels in tanks and silos at regular intervals. It displays current and historical inventory data and calculated forecasts of future demand. The overview page can be configured to suit the user's preferences. Master data management With SupplyCare you can create and manage the master data for locations, companies, tanks, products and users, as well as user authorization. Report Configurator The Report Configurator can be used to create personalized reports quickly and easily. The reports can be saved in a variety of formats, such as Excel, PDF, CSV and XML. The reports can be transmitted in many ways, such as by http, ftp or e-mail. Event management Events, such as when levels drop below the safety stock level or plan points, are indicated by the software. In addition, SupplyCare can also notify pre-defined users by e-mail. Alarms If technical problems occur, e.g. connection issues, alarms are triggered and alarm e-mails are sent to the System Administrator and the Local System Administrator. Delivery planning The integrated delivery planning function automatically generates an order proposal if a pre-set minimum inventory level is undershot. Scheduled deliveries and disposals are monitored continuously by SupplyCare. SupplyCare notifies the user if scheduled deliveries and disposals are not going to be met as planned. Analysis In the Analysis module, the most important indicators for the inflow and outflow of the individual tanks are calculated and displayed as data and charts. Key indicators of material management are automatically calculated and form the basis for optimizing the delivery and storage process. Geographical visualization All the tanks and the tank inventories are represented graphically on a map (based on Google Maps). The tanks and inventory situations can be filtered by tank group, product, supplier or location. Multi-language support The multi-language user interface supports 9 languages, thereby enabling global collaboration on a single platform. The language and settings are recognized automatically using the browser settings. SupplyCare Enterprise SupplyCare Enterprise runs by default as a service under Microsoft Windows on an application server in an Apache Tomcat environment. The operators and administrators operate the application via a Web browser from their workstations. 60 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 A0034288 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B SupplyCare Enterprise (via Web browser) SupplyCare Enterprise installation SupplyCare Enterprise on mobile devices (via Web browser) Ethernet/WLAN/UMTS Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 61 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT6.10913465872 Micropilot FMR67 Cloud-based application: SupplyCare Hosting SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (software as a service). Here, the software is installed within the Endress+Hauser IT infrastructure and made available to the user in the Endress
+Hauser portal. A0034289 Example of inventory management platform with SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 SupplyCare Hosting installation in Endress+Hauser data center PC workstation with Internet connection 32 1 2 3 Warehouse locations with Internet connection via 2G/3G with FXA42 or FXA30 4 Warehouse locations with Internet connection with FXA42 5 6 7 Modbus TCP via Ethernet as server/client 8 9 10 4 x 4 to 20 mA analog input (2-wire/4-wire) Converter from Modbus to HART Multidrop HART Multidrop Fieldgate FXA42 Power supply 24 V DC With SupplyCare Hosting, users do not need to make the initial software purchase or install and run the IT infrastructure needed. Endress+Hauser constantly update SupplyCare Hosting and enhance the capability of the software in conjunction with the customer. The hosted version of SupplyCare is thus always up-to-date and can be customized to meet different customer requirements. Other services are also offered in addition to the IT infrastructure and the software that is installed in a secure, redundant Endress+Hauser data center. These services include defined availability of the global Endress+Hauser Service and Support Organization and defined response times in a service event. 62 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT6.10913465872WWW Micropilot FMR67 CE mark RoHS RCM-Tick marking Ex approval Certificates and approvals Currently available certificates and approvals can be called up via the product configurator. The measuring system meets the legal requirements of the applicable EC guidelines. These are listed in the corresponding EC Declaration of Conformity together with the standards applied. Endress+Hauser confirms successful testing of the device by affixing to it the CE mark. The measuring system complies with the substance restrictions of the Restriction on Hazardous Substances Directive 2011/65/EU (RoHS 2). The supplied product or measuring system meets the ACMA (Australian Communications and Media Authority) requirements for network integrity, interoperability, performance characteristics as well as health and safety regulations. Here, especially the regulatory arrangements for electromagnetic compatibility are met. The products are labelled with the RCM- Tick marking on the name plate. A0029561 ATEX IECEx CSA FM NEPSI KC INMETRO TIIS 8) EAC Additional safety instructions must be followed for use in hazardous areas. Please refer to the separate "Safety Instructions" (XA) document included in the delivery. Reference to the applicable XA can be found on the nameplate. For details on the available certificates and associated XAs: 84 Dual seal according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 The devices have been designed according to ANSI/ISA 12.27.01 as dual seal devices, allowing the user to waive the use and save the cost of installing external secondary process seals in the conduit as required by the process sealing sections of ANSI/NFPA 70 (NEC) and CSA 22.1 (CEC) These instruments comply with the North-American installation practice and provide a very safe and cost-
saving installation for pressurized applications with hazardous fluids. Further information can be found in the Safety Instructions (XA) of the relevant devices. Functional safety Use for level monitoring (MIN, MAX, range) up to SIL 3 (homogeneous or diverse redundancy), independently evaluated by TV Rheinland in accordance with IEC 61508, refer to the "Functional Safety Manual" for information. WHG WHG approval: No. requested Pressure equipment with allowable pressure 200 bar (2 900 psi) Pressure instruments with a flange and threaded boss that do not have a pressurized housing do not fall within the scope of the Pressure Equipment Directive, irrespective of the maximum allowable pressure. Reasons:
According to Article 2, point 5 of EU Directive 2014/68/EU, pressure accessories are defined as
"devices with an operational function and having pressure-bearing housings". 8) in preparation Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 63 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 If a pressure instrument does not have a pressure-bearing housing (no identifiable pressure chamber of its own), there is no pressure accessory present within the meaning of the Directive. Marine approval Device Marine approval 1) LG:
LR marine approval LH:
BV marine approval LF:
ABS marine approval FMR67 1) See order code for 590 "Additional approval"
LJ:
DNV GL marine approval Radio standard EN 302729-1/2 The devices comply with the Level Probing Radar (LPR) radio standard EN 302729-1/2. The devices are approved for unrestricted use inside and outside closed containers in countries of the EU and the EFTA . that have already implemented this standard. The following countries are those that have currently implemented the directive:
Belgium, Bulgaria, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, France, Greece, UK, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Latvia, Malta, The Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Spain, Czech Republic and Cyprus. Implementation is still underway in all of the countries not listed. Please note the following for operation of the devices outside of closed vessels:
1. 2. 3. Installation must be carried out by properly trained, expert staff. The device antenna must be installed in a fixed location pointing vertically downwards. The installation site must be located at a distance of 4 km from the astronomy stations listed below or otherwise approval must be provided by the relevant authority. If the device is installed at a distance of 4 to 40 km from one of the listed stations, it must not be installed at a height of more than 15 m (49 ft) above the ground. Astronomy stations Country Name of the station Germany Finland Effelsberg Metshovi Tuorla France Plateau de Bure Great Britain Italy Poland Russia Floirac Cambridge Damhall Jodrell Bank Knockin Pickmere Medicina Noto Sardinia Fort Skala Krakow Dmitrov Kalyazin Pushchino Zelenchukskaya Sweden Switzerland Onsala Bleien Latitude 5031'32" North 6013'04" North 6024'56" North 4438'01" North 4450'10" North 5209'59" North 5309'22" North 5314'10" North 5247'24" North 5317'18" North 4431'14" North 3652'34" North 3929'50" North 5003'18" North 5626'00" North 5713'22" North 5449'00" North 4349'53" North 5723'45" North 4720'26" North Longitude 0653'00" East 2423'37" East 2426'31" East 0554'26" East 0031'37" West 0002'20" East 0232'03" West 0218'26" West 0259'45" West 0226'38" West 1138'49" East 1459'21" East 0914'40" East 1949'36" East 3727'00" East 3754'01" East 3740'00" East 4135'32" East 1155'35" East 0806'44" East 64 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Radio standard EN 302372-1/2 FCC Industry Canada Country Spain Hungary Name of the station Yebes Robledo Penc Latitude 4031'27" North 4025'38" North 4747'22" North Longitude 0305'22" West 0414'57" West 1916'53" East As a general rule, the requirements outlined in EN 302729-1/2 must be observed. The devices comply with the Tanks Level Probing Radar (TLPR) radio standard EN 302372-1/2 and are approved for use in closed containers. For installation, points a to f in Annex B of EN 302372-1 must be taken into consideration. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The devices are compliant with the FCC Code of Federal Regulations, CFR 47, Part 15, Sections 15.205, 15.207, 15.209. In addition, the devices are compliant with Section 15.256 . For these LPR (Level Probe Radar) applications the devices must be professionally installed in a downward operating position. In addition, the devices are not allowed to be mounted in a zone of 4 km around RAS stations and within a radius of 40 km around RAS stations the maxium operation height of devices is 15 m (49 ft) above ground. Canada CNR-Gen Section 7.1.3 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
[Any] changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The installation of the LPR/TLPR device shall be done by trained installers, in strict compliance with the manufacturers instructions. The use of this device is on a no-interference, no-protection basis. That is, the user shall accept operations of high-powered radar in the same frequency band which may interfere with or damage this device. However, devices found to interfere with primary licensing operations will be required to be removed at the users expense. This device shall be installed and operated in a completely enclosed container to prevent RF emissions, which can otherwise interfere with aeronautical navigation. The installer/user of this device shall ensure that it is at least 10 km from the Dominion Astrophysical Radio Observatory (DRAO) near Penticton, British Columbia. The coordinates of the DRAO are latitude 491915 N and longitude 1193712 W. For devices not meeting this 10 km separation (e.g., those in the Okanagan Valley, British Columbia,) the installer/user must coordinate with, and obtain the written concurrence of, the Director of the DRAO before the equipment can be installed or operated. The Director of the DRAO may be contacted at 250-497-2300 (tel.) or 250-497-2355 (fax). (Alternatively, the Manager, Regulatory Standards Industry Canada, may be contacted.) The model FMR67L is a submodel of the FMR67 that fulfills the requirements for use as LPR
(Level Probe Radar). CRN approval Some device versions have CRN approval. Devices are CRN approved if the following two conditions are met:
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 65 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 The device has a CSA approval (product structure: feature 010 "Approval") The device has a CRN-approved process connection as per the following table:
Feature 100 in the product structure AGJ AHJ RGJ Process connection NPS 3" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L NPS 4" Cl.150 RF, 316/316L Thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Process connections that do not have CRN approval are not listed in this table. Please refer to the product structure to discover which process connections are available for a specific device type. CRN-approved devices bear the registration number (tbd.) on the nameplate. An additional pressure restriction applies for the device versions listed in the table below if they are CRN-approved. The pressure range indicated in the "Process" section 35 continues to apply for device versions not listed in the table below (in preparation). 66 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Test, certificate Feature 580 "Test, certificate"
Description JA JD KV 3.1 Material certificate, wetted metal parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate 3.1 Material certificate, pressurized parts, EN10204-3.1 inspection certificate Declaration of Conformity ASME B31.3:
The construction, the material used, the pressure and temperature ranges and the labeling of the devices meet the requirements of ASME B31.3 Test reports, declarations and inspection certificates are available in electronic format in the W@M Device Viewer:
Enter the serial number from nameplate (www.endress.com/deviceviewer) This concerns the options for the following order codes:
550 "Calibration"
580 "Test, certificate"
Hard-copy product documentation Hard-copy versions of the test reports, declarations and inspection certificates can also be order via order code 570 "Service", option I7 "Hard-copy product documentation". The documents are then supplied with the product. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 67 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Other standards and guidelines Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code) EN 60529 EN 61010-1 IEC/EN 61326 NAMUR NE 43 NAMUR NE 53 Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control and Laboratory Use
"Emission in accordance with Class A requirements". Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC requirements). NAMUR NE 21 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of industrial process and laboratory control equipment Standardization of the signal level for the breakdown information of digital transmitters with analog output signal. Software of field devices and signal-processing devices with digital electronics NAMUR NE 107 NAMUR NE 131 Status classification as per NE107 Requirements for field devices for standard applications. IEC61508 Functional safety of safety-related electric/electronic/programmable electronic systems 68 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Ordering information Ordering information Detailed ordering information is available from the following sources:
In the Product Configurator on the Endress+Hauser website: www.endress.com -> Click "Corporate"
-> Select your country -> Click "Products" -> Select the product using the filters and search field ->
Open product page -> The "Configure" button to the right of the product image opens the Product Configurator. From your Endress+Hauser Sales Center: www.addresses.endress.com Product Configurator - the tool for individual product configuration Up-to-the-minute configuration data Depending on the device: Direct input of measuring point-specific information such as measuring range or operating language Automatic verification of exclusion criteria Automatic creation of the order code and its breakdown in PDF or Excel output format Ability to order directly in the Endress+Hauser Online Shop Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 69 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT 3-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F3 (3-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 3 points of the linearity protocol are defined as follows:
Micropilot FMR67 Points of the 3-point linearity protocol; engineering unit: mm (in) A0032642 33 A R 1 2 3 Distance from the reference point R to the first measuring point Reference point of measurement First measuring point Second measuring point (in the middle between the first and third measuring point) Third measuring point Measuring point 1st measuring point 2nd measuring point 3rd measuring point Position At a distance A from the reference point A = length of antenna + 500 mm (19.7 in) Minimum distance: Amin = 1 000 mm (39.4 in) In the middle between the 1st and 3rd measuring point 6 000 mm (236 in) below the reference point R The position of the measuring points can vary by 1 cm (0.04 in). The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. 70 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTRA500 (19.7)6000 (236)132 Micropilot FMR67 5-point linearity protocol The following points must be considered if option F4 (5-point linearity protocol) was selected in feature 550 ("Calibration"). The 5 points of the linearity protocol are evenly distributed over the measuring range (0% - 100%). Empty calibration (E) and Full calibration (F) must be specified in order to define the measuring range 9). The following restrictions must be considered when selecting E and F:
Minimum distance between reference point R and 100% mark A length of antenna + 600 mm (24 in) 1) Minimum span Maximum value for "Empty calibration"
F 400 mm (16 in) E 20 m (66 ft) 1) minimum value for FMR67: 861 mm (16 in) A0032643 The linearity check is performed under reference operating conditions. The selected values for Empty calibration and Full calibration are only used to create the linearity protocol. Afterwards, the values are reset to the default values specific for the antenna. If values other than the default values are required, they must be ordered as a customized parameterization 72. 9) If (E) and (F) are not specified, antenna-dependent default values will be used instead. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 71 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTRAFE Customer-specific configuration If the option IJ: "Customized parameterization HART", IK "Customized parameterization PA" or IL
"Customized parameterization FF" has been selected in feature 570 "Service", presettings that differ from the default settings can be selected for the following parameters:
Micropilot FMR67 Parameters Setup Unit of length Setup Empty calibration Setup Full calibration Communication protocol Picklist / range of values HART PA FF HART PA FF HART PA FF in ft mm m max. 70 m (230 ft) max. <70 m (230 ft) Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Damping HART 0 to 999.9 s Setup Extended setup Curr. output 1 or 2 Failure mode HART Expert Comm. HART config. Burst mode HART Min Max Last valid value Off On Tagging (TAG) Ordering feature Option Position of the measuring point marking 895: Marking Z1: Tagging (TAG), see additional spec. To be selected in the additional specifications:
Tag plate Stainless Steel Self-adhesive paper label Supplied label/plate RFID TAG RFID TAG + Tag plate Stainless Steel RFID TAG + Self-adhesive paper label RFID TAG + Supplied label/plate Definition of the measuring point designation Designation in the Electronic Name Plate (ENP) Designation on the display module To be defined in the additional specifications:
3 lines containing up to 18 characters each The measuring point designation appears on the selected label and/or the RFID TAG. The first 32 characters of the measuring point designation The first 12 characters of the measuring point designation The following services can be selected via the product structure in the Product Configurator 10):
PWIS-free (PWIS = paint-wetting impairment substances) Customized parameterization HART 72 Customized parameterization PA 72 Customized parameterization FF 72 W/o tooling DVD (FieldCare) Hard-copy product documentation Services 10) Feature 570 in the product structure 72 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Heartbeat Diagnostics Application Packages Availability Available in all device versions. Function Continuous self-monitoring of the device. Diagnostic messages output to the local display. an asset management system (e.g. FieldCare/DeviceCare). an automation system (e.g. PLC). Advantages Device condition information is available immediately and processed in time. The status signals are classified in accordance with VDI/VDE 2650 and NAMUR recommendation NE 107 and contain information about the cause of the error and remedial action. Detailed description See Operating Instructions of the device ( 84); chapter "Diagnostics and trouble shooting"
Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 73 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Heartbeat Verification Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring EJ: Heartbeat Verification Micropilot FMR67 Device functionality checked on demand Verification of the correct functioning of the measuring device within specifications. The verification result provides information about the condition of the device: Passed or Failed. The results are documented in a verification report. The automatically generated report supports the obligation to demonstrate compliance with internal and external regulations, laws and standards. Verification is possible without interrupting the process. Advantages No onsite presence is required to use the function. The DTM 11) triggers verification in the device and interprets the results. No specific knowledge is required on the part of the user. The verification report can be used to prove quality measures to a third party. Heartbeat Verification can replace other maintenance tasks (e.g. periodic check) or extend the test intervals. SIL/WHG-locked devices 12) The Heartbeat Verification module contains a wizard for the proof test which must be performed at appropriate intervals for the following applications:
SIL (IEC61508/IEC61511) WHG (German Water Resources Act) To perform a proof test, the device must be locked (SIL/WHG locking). The wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. In the case of SIL-locked and WHG-locked devices, it is not possible to perform verification without additional measures (e.g. by-passing of the output current) because the output current must be simulated (Increased safety mode) or the level must be approached manually (Expert mode) during subsequent re-locking (SIL/WHG locking). Detailed description SD01870F DTM: Device Type Manager; controls device operation via DeviceCare, FieldCare or a DTM-based process control system. 11) 12) Only relevant for devices with SIL or WHG approval: order code 590 ("Additional approval"), option LA ("SIL") or LC ("WHG"). 74 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Heartbeat Monitoring Availability Available for the following options of feature 540 "Application Package":
EH: Heartbeat Verification + Monitoring Function In addition to the verification parameters, the corresponding parameter values are also logged. Existing measured variables, such as the echo amplitude, are used in the Foam detection and Build-up detection wizards.
"Foam detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Foam detection wizard. This wizard is used to configure automatic foam detection, which detects foam on the product surface on the basis of the reduced signal amplitude. Foam detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a sprinkler system, for example, which dissolves the foam. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system.
"Build-up detection" wizard The Heartbeat Monitoring module contains the Build-up detection wizard. The wizard is used to configure automatic buildup detection, which detects the buildup of deposits on the antenna on the basis of the increased area of the coupling signal. Buildup detection can be linked to a switch output in order to control a compressed air system, for example, to clean the antenna. This wizard can be used via FieldCare, DeviceCare or a DTM-based process control system. Advantages Early detection of changes (trends) to ensure plant availability and product quality. Use of information for the proactive planning of measures (e.g. cleaning/maintenance). Identification of undesirable process conditions as the basis to optimizing the facility and the processes. Automated control of measures to remove foam or buildup. Detailed description SD01870F Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 75 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Accessories Device-specific accessories Weather protection cover Accessory Description Weather protection cover Micropilot FMR67 A0015466 A0015472 34 Weather protection cover; Dimensions: mm (in) The weather protection cover can be ordered together with the device (product structure, feature 620 "Accessory Enclosed", option PB "Weather Protection Cover"). Alternatively, it can be separately ordered as an accessory; order code 71162242. 76 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT222 (8.74)300 (11.8)275 (10.8)255.1 (10)156(6.14)38(1.5)164 (6.46)54(2.13)356555 Micropilot FMR67 Accessories Adjustable flange seal Adjustable flange seal Description A0032292 UNI slip-on flange Adjustable flange seal Nozzle 1 2 3 The material properties and process conditions of the adjustable flange seal must be compatible with the properties The adjustable flange seal can also be ordered directly with the device (product structure: feature 620 "Accessories
(temperature, pressure, resistance) of the process. enclosed", options PL, PM, PN, PO, PQ, PR). Technical data: version DN/JIS Order number Compatible with 71074263 71074264 71074265 DN80 PN10/40 DN100 PN10/16 DN150 PN10/16 JIS 10K 150A Recommended screw length 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 110 mm (4.3 in) Recommended screw size M14 Material Process pressure Process temperature D d h hmin hmax M14 EPDM M18 0.1 to 0.1 bar (1.45 to 1.45 psi) 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 142 mm (5.59 in) 89 mm (3.5 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 30 mm (1.18 in) 162 mm (6.38 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 218 mm (8.58 in) 169 mm (6.65 in) 23.5 mm (0.93 in) 26.5 mm (1.04 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 33 mm (1.3 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 39 mm (1.45 in) Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 77 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFTh2314Ddhmaxhmin8 Micropilot FMR67 Accessories Description Order number Compatible with Technical data: version ASME/JIS 71249070 ASME 3" 150lbs JIS 80A 10K 71249072 71249073 ASME 4" 150lbs ASME 6" 150lbs Recommended screw length 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 110 mm (4.3 in) Recommended screw size M14 Material Process pressure Process temperature D d h hmin hmax M14 EPDM M18 0.1 to 0.1 bar (1.45 to 1.45 psi) 40 to +80 C (40 to +176 F) 133 mm (5.2 in) 89 mm (3.5 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 30 mm (1.18 in) 171 mm (6.7 in) 115 mm (4.53 in) 23.5 mm (0.93 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 33 mm (1.3 in) 219 mm (8.6 in) 168 mm (6.6 in) 26.5 mm (1.04 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 39 mm (1.45 in) 78 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Mounting bracket adjustable Accessories Mounting bracket adjustable Description A0032295 Material: 304 (1.4301) Suitable for housing 1):
A: GT19 dual compartment, plastic PBT C: GT20 dual compartment, Alu, coated Suitable for antenna 2):
GA: Drip-off, PTFE DN50 Suitable for process connection 3):
GGJ: thread ISO228 G1-1/2, 316L RGJ: thread ANSI MNPT1-1/2, 316L Order number: 71336522 There is no conductive connection between the mounting bracket and the transmitter housing. Risk of electrostatic charge. Integrate the mounting bracket in the local potential equalization system. Only to be fastened at stable materials (e.g. metal, brick, concrete) using suitable fastening material (to be supplied by customer). 1) 2) 3) Feature 040 in the product structure Feature 070 in the product structure Feature 100 in the product structure Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 79 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT65 (2.6)12(0.5)9(0.4)9(0.4)48(1.9)122 (4.8)16 (0.6)100 (3.9)35(1.4)99.5 (3.9)260 (10.2) Remote display FHX50 Accessories Description Remote display FHX50 Micropilot FMR67 A0019128 Material:
Plastic PBT 316L/1.4404 Aluminum SD02 (push buttons) SD03 (touch control) Connecting cable:
Degree of protection: IP68 / NEMA 6P and IP66 / NEMA 4x Suitable for display modules:
Cable supplied with device up to 30 m (98 ft) Standard cable supplied by customer up to 60 m (196 ft) Ambient temperature range: 40 to 80 C (40 to 176 F) Ambient temperature range (option): 50 to 80 C (58 to 176 F) 1) If the remote display should be used, order the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" (feature 030, version L or M). For the FHX50, you must select option A: "Prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050 "Measuring device version". If the device version "Prepared for display FHX50" was not originally ordered and a FHX50 display is to be retrofitted, you must select version B "Not prepared for display FHX50" under feature 050: "Measuring device version" when ordering the FHX50. In this case, a retrofit kit for the device is supplied with the FHX50. The kit can be used to prepare the device so that the FHX50 can be used. Use of the FHX50 may be restricted for transmitters with an approval. A device can only be retrofitted with the FHX50 if the option L or M ("Prepared for FHX50") is listed under Basic specifications, item 4 "Display, operation" in the Safety Instructions (XA) for the device. Also pay attention to the Safety Instructions (XA) of the FHX50. Retrofitting is not possible on transmitters with:
An approval for use in areas with flammable dust (dust ignition-proof approval) Ex nA type of protection For details, see document SD01007F. 1) This range is valid if option JN "Ambient temperature transmitter 50 C (58 F)" has been selected in ordering feature 580 "Test, Certificate". If the temperature is permanently below 40 C (40 F), failure rates may be increased. 80 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT1.3.2.4. Micropilot FMR67 Overvoltage protection Accessory Description Overvoltage protection for 2-wire-devices OVP10 (1 channel) OVP20 (2 channel) A0021734 Technical data Resistance per channel: 2 * 0.5 max Threshold DC voltage: 400 to 700 V Threshold impulse voltage: < 800 V Capacitance at 1 MHz: < 1.5 pF Nominal arrest impulse voltage (8/20 s): 10 kA Suited for wire cross-sections: 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (24 to 14 AWG) Ordering with device The overvoltage protection module is preferably ordered with the device. See product structure, feature 610
"Accessory mounted", option NA "Overvoltage protection". Separate ordering of the module is only necessary if a device is to retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Order code for retrofitting For 1-channel devices (feature 020, option A) For 2-channel devices (feature 020, option B, C, E or G) OVP10: 71128617 OVP20 : 71128619 Hosuing lid for retrofitting In order to keep the necessary safety distances, the housing lid needs to be replaced if the device is retrofitted with the overvoltage protection. Depending on the housing type, the order code of the suitable lid is as follows:
GT18 housing: Lid 71185516 GT19 housing: Lid 71185518 GT20 housing: Lid 71185516 Restrictions for retrofitting Depending on the approval of the transmitter the usage of the OVP module may be restricted. A device may only be retrofitted with an OVP module if the option NA (overvoltage protection) is quoted unter Optional Specifications in the Safety Instructions (XA) pertaining to the device. For details refer to SD01090F. Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 81 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Communication-specific accessories Accessory Description Commubox FXA195 HART For intrinsically safe HART communication with FieldCare via the USB interface. For details refer to Technical Information TI00404F Micropilot FMR67 Accessory Description Commubox FXA291 Connects Endress+Hauser field devices with CDI interface (= Endress+Hauser Common Data Interface) to the USB interface of a computer. Order code: 51516983 For details refer to Technical Information TI00405C Accessory Description HART Loop Converter HMX50 Evaluates the dynamic HART variables and converts them to analog current signals or limit values. Order code: 71063562 For details refer to Technical Information TI00429F and Operating Instructions BA00371F Accessory Description WirelessHART Adapter SWA70 Connects field devices to a WirelessHART network. The WirelessHART adapter can be mounted directly at a HART device and is easly integrated into an existing HART network. It ensures safe data transmission and can be operated in parallel with other wireless networks. For details refer to Operating Instructions BA00061S Accessories Description Connect Sensor FXA30/FXA30B Fully integrated, battery-powered gateway for simple applications with SupplyCare Hosting. Up to 4 field devices with 4 to 20 mA communication (FXA30/FXA30B), serial Modbus
(FXA30B) or HART (FXA30B) can be connected. With its robust design and ability to run for years on the battery, it is ideal for remote monitoring in isolated locations. Version with LTE
(USA, Canada and Mexico only) or 3G mobile transmission for worldwide communication. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01356S and Operating Instructions BA01710S. Accessories Description Fieldgate FXA42 Fieldgates enable communication between connected 4 to 20 mA, Modbus RS485 and Modbus TCP devices and SupplyCare Hosting or SupplyCare Enterprise. The signals are transmitted either via Ethernet TCP/IP, WLAN or mobile communications (UMTS). Advanced automation capabilities are available, such as an integrated Web-PLC, OpenVPN and other functions. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01297S and Operating Instructions BA01778S. Accessories Description SupplyCare Enterprise SCE30B Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42. This Web-based software is installed on a local server and can also be visualized and operated with mobile terminals such as a smartphone or tablet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01228S and Operating Instructions BA00055S 82 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Accessories Description SupplyCare Hosting SCH30 Inventory management software that visualizes levels, volumes, masses, temperatures, pressures, densities or other tank parameters. The parameters are recorded and transmitted by means of gateways of the type Fieldgate FXA42, FXA30 and FXA30B. SupplyCare Hosting is offered as a hosting service (Software as a Service, SaaS). In the Endress+Hauser portal, the user is provided with the data over the Internet. For details, see "Technical Information" TI01229S and Operating Instructions BA00050S. Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX350 Field Xpert SFX350 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Accessory Description Field Xpert SFX370 Field Xpert SFX370 is a mobile computer for commissioning and maintenance. It enables efficient device configuration and diagnostics for HART and FOUNDATION fieldbus devices in the non-Ex area and the Ex area. For details, see Operating Instructions BA01202S Service-specific accessories Accessory Description DeviceCare SFE100 Configuration tool for HART, PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus devices Technical Information TI01134S DeviceCare is available for download at www.software-products.endress.com. The download requires a registration in the Endress+Hauser software portal. Alternatively, a DeviceCare DVD can be ordered with the device. Product structure: Feature 570 "Service", Option IV "Tooling DVD (DeviceCare Setup)". FieldCare SFE500 FDT-based Plant Asset Management tool. Helps to configure and maintain all field devices of your plant. By supplying status information it also supports the diagnosis of the devices. Technical Information TI00028S System components Accessory Description Graphic Data Manager Memograph M RN221N RNS221 The graphic data manager Memograph M provides information on all the relevant process variables. Measured values are recorded correctly, limit values are monitored and measuring points analyzed. The data are stored in the 256 MB internal memory and also on an SD card or USB stick. For details refer to Technical Information TI00133R and Operating Instructions BA00247R Active barrier with power supply for safe separation of 4 to 20 mA current circuits. Provides bi-directional HART transmission. For details refer to Technical Information TI00073R and Operating Instructions BA00202R Transmitter supply for 2-wire sensors or transmitters exclusively for non-Ex areas. Provides bi-directional communication using the HART communication sockets. For details refer to Technical Information TI00081R and Operating Instructions KA00110R Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 83 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Supplementary documentation Micropilot FMR67 For an overview of the scope of the associated Technical Documentation, refer to the following:
The W@M Device Viewer: enter the serial number from the nameplate
(www.endress.com/deviceviewer) The Endress+Hauser Operations App: Enter the serial number from the nameplate or scan the 2-D matrix code (QR code) on the nameplate. The following document types are available:
In the Download Area of the Endress+Hauser Internet site: www.endress.com Downloads Standard documentation Micropilot FMR67 Correlation of documentations to the device:
Communication Device Power supply, output 1) A, B, C, K, L FMR67 Document type Document code HART Operating Instructions BA01620F Brief Operating Instructions KA01253F Description of Device Parameters GP01101F 1) Feature 020 in the product structure Safety Instructions (XA) Depending on the approval, the following Safety Instructions (XA) are supplied with the device. They are an integral part of the Operating Instructions. The nameplate indicates the Safety Instructions (XA) that are relevant to the device. Feature 010 Approval ATEX II 1G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb ATEX II 1/2/3G Ex ia/ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc ATEX II 1D Ex ta IIIC Da ATEX II 1/2D Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db ATEX II 3G Ex ec IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 3G Ex ic IIC T6 Gc ATEX II 1/2/3G Ex ia/ec [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, 1/2D Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01549F B 2) XA01549F C 3) XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01552F XA01552F XA01552F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F ATEX II 1/2G Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6, Ga/Gb 1/2D Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db XA01556F XA01556F XA01556F CSA IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D CSA DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G [Ex ia]
CSA IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Ex ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 [Ex ia]
CSA XP Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, Zn0/1, NI Cl.I Div.2 [Ex ia]
FM IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D FM IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AEx ia, NI Cl.1 Div.2 FM XP-IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, AIS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01612F XA01612F XA01612F XA01613F XA01613F XA01613F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01615F XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F FM XP-IS Cl.I Div.1 Gr.A-D, Zn0/1, DIP-IS Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G, NI Cl.I Div.2 XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F FM DIP Cl.II,III Div.1 Gr.E-G EAC 0Ex ia IIC T6...T3 Ga X XA01616F XA01616F XA01616F XA01617F XA01617F XA01617F BA BB BC BD BE BF BG BH BL B2 B3 CB CD C2 C3 FA FB FC FD FE GA 84 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Feature 010 Approval EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia IIC T6...T3 X EAC Ga/Gb Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6...T3 X EAC Ex ta IIIC Da EAC Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db X IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb IEC Ex ia/ic [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc IEC Ex ta IIIC Da IEC Ex ta/tb IIIC T85oC Da/Db IEC Ex ec IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ic IIC T6 Gc IEC Ex ia/ec [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb/Gc IEC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db IEC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb JPN Ex nA IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ic IIC T6 Gc JPN Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ia IIIC T85C Da/Db JPN Ex d [ia] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, JPN Ex ta/tb IIIC T85C Da/Db KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga KC Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb KC Ex ia/db [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga INMETRO Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb INMETRO Ex ta IIIC Da INMETRO Ex ec IIC T6 Gc INMETRO Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb NEPSI Ex tD A20/A21 IP6X T85C NEPSI Ex nA IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ic IIC T6 Gc NEPSI Ex ia IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex iaD 20/21 T85 GB GC GE GF IA IB IC ID IE IF IG IH IL I2 I3 JA JB JC JG JH J2 J3 KA KB KC MA MB ME MG MH NA NB NC NF NG NH N2 N3 Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01617F XA01618F
* 4) XA01619F B 2) XA01617F XA01618F
* 4) XA01619F C 3) XA01617F XA01618F
* 4) XA01619F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01549F XA01552F XA01552F XA01552F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01550F
* 4) XA01554F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01551F XA01550F XA01550F XA01550F XA01555F XA01555F XA01555F XA01556F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01620F
* 4) XA01621F XA01556F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01620F
* 4) XA01621F XA01556F XA01631F 4) XA01631F 4) XA01632F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01725F 4) XA01728F 4) XA01729F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01623F 4) XA01624F 4) XA01620F XA01620F
* 4) XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01621F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01625F XA01627F XA01627F XA01627F XA01628F XA01628F XA01628F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01626F XA01629F XA01629F XA01629F NEPSI Ex ia/d [ia Ga] IIC T6 Ga/Gb, NEPSI Ex tD A20/A21 IP6X T85C XA01630F XA01630F XA01630F Endress+Hauser V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 85 DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT Micropilot FMR67 Feature 020 "Power Supply; Output"
A 1) XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F B 2) XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F C 3) XA01612F XA01615F XA01616F Feature 010 Approval FM/CSA IS+XP-IS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G, AIS Cl.I,II,III Div.1 Gr.A-G 8A
* 4) 1) 2) 3) 4) 2-wire; 4-20mA HART 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, switch output 2-wire; 4-20mA HART, 4-20mA in preparation 86 V. 4, Rev. 1, 19-03-2018 Endress+Hauser DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT*71394735*
71394735 www.addresses.endress.com DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFT DRAFTDRAFT DRAFT DRAFT
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2018-07-25 | 79000 ~ 83000 | LPR - Level Probing Radar | Original Equipment |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 | Effective |
2018-07-25
|
||||
1 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
Endress and Hauser GmbH and Co
|
||||
1 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0010915122
|
||||
1 | Physical Address |
Hauptstrasse 1
|
||||
1 |
Maulburg, N/A D-79690
|
|||||
1 |
Germany
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 | TCB Application Email Address |
v******@tuvam.com
|
||||
1 | TCB Scope |
A2: Low Power Transmitters (except Spread Spectrum) and radar detectors operating above 1 GHz
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 | Grantee Code |
LCG
|
||||
1 | Equipment Product Code |
FMR6XEL
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 | Name |
R**** R********
|
||||
1 | Title |
R&D Radar Level Measurement
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
00497********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
00497********
|
||||
1 |
r******@pcm.endress.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | Yes | ||||
1 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Equipment Class | LPR - Level Probing Radar | ||||
1 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | Level Probing Radar | ||||
1 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 | Modular Equipment Type | Does not apply | ||||
1 | Purpose / Application is for | Original Equipment | ||||
1 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 | Grant Comments | Power listed is radiated. | ||||
1 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 | Firm Name |
TUV SUD Product Service GmbH
|
||||
1 | Name |
M******** B********
|
||||
1 | Telephone Number |
49942********
|
||||
1 | Fax Number |
+49 9********
|
||||
1 |
m******@tuev-sued.de
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15.209 | 79000.00000000 | 83000.00000000 | 0.3631000 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC